0% found this document useful (0 votes)

288 views228 pages

Industrie Technik Catalogue

Industrietechnik specializes in designing, producing, and distributing field devices for temperature, pressure, humidity, air quality, and flow control in various industrial environments. The company is based in South Tyrol, Italy, and offers a wide range of electrical, electronic, and electromechanical products that are TÜV certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards. Their updated product catalogue includes numerous new models of electronic room controllers, industrial controllers, transmitters, and electromechanical controls.

Uploaded by

gabrigiane

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

288 views228 pages

Industrie Technik Catalogue

Uploaded by

gabrigiane

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 228

industrietechnik PRODUCT CATALOGUE

PRODUCT CATALOGUE
CERTIFICATIONS

TÜV
CERTFICATED
ISO 9001:2000

GOST-R

VdTÜV
We design, produce and distribute worldwide field devices to control and measure tempera-
ture, pressure, humidity, air quality and flow control, for use in various industrial environments,
such as building and infrastructure automation, heating systems, air conditioning, refrigeration
and ventilation.

We offer a full and widely diversified range in the field of electrical, electronic, and electrome-
chanical products, which bring considerable advantages to the customer, whilst respecting
resources, energy saving and personal wellbeing.

• Our production company is based in South Tyrol (Alto Adige) and our products are
“made in Italy”
• Our products are sold with the registered trademark Industrietechnik worldwide
• Our company is TÜV certificated according to DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 standard
• The expertise of our consultancy is based on years of experience gained in international
markets
• We can draw on a high level of know-how in all production areas
• We offer our customers professional competence and long-term solutions

The ongoing development of our equipments, in association with our customers, result in an
optimal steadfast adaptation to current market demands.
In this way our company creates state of the art, competitive, high performance products that
fear no competition and which we are delighted to offer our customers. We make our expertise
available to customers to resolve problems and design alternative solutions.

In this respect, we are pleased to present our comprehensive updated catalogue, where you
will find many new products.

We would be delighted to cooperate with you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(ORDERED BY PAGE)

ELECTRONIC ROOM CONTROLLERS

Model Description Page

Available models 11-13

Models without display

DB-TA-303 Room controllers for 2- pipe systems 14
DB-TA-322 Room controllers for 2- pipe systems 15
DB-TA-323 Room controllers for 2- pipe systems 16
DB-TA-334 Room controllers for heat pumps 18
DB-TA-335 Room controllers with proportional output for 2- or 4- pipe systems 20
DB-TA-343 Room controllers for 4- pipe systems 21
DB-TA-345 Room controllers with proportional output for 4- pipe systems 23
DB-TA-347 Room controllers 3- points for 4- pipe systems 25
DB-TA-363 Romm controllers with automatic season changeover 27
DB-TA-367 Room controllers 3- points for 2- pipe systems 28
DB-TA-383 Room controllers for 2- or 4- pipe fan coils 30
DB-TA-387 Room controllers with automatic motor speed and season changeover 31
DB-TA-387-10A Room controllers with automatic speed and changeover 33

Models with display

DB-TA-33A Room controllers for fan-coil with proportional integral output(s) for 2-
and 4- pipe system with economy function 35
DB-TA-393 Room controllers for 2- or 4- pipe fan coil with display 36
DB-TA-394 Room controllers for fan coils and heat pumps with display 37
DB-TA-3A3..0 Room controllers for 4- pipe system with 2 stages
heating and two stages cooling 39
DB-TA-3A3..9 Room controllers for 4- pipe system 40
DB-TA-3A3..A Room controllers for 4- pipe system 41
DB-TA-3A4-700 Room controllers for fan coil and heat pumps with display 42
DB-TA-3A5 Room thermostats for fan coil with 2 proportional outputs for 4- pipe system 43
DB-TA-3A5..A Room thermostats for fan coil with 2 proportional outputs for 4- pipe system
with economy 44
DB-TA-3B5 Room thermostats for fan coil with proportional output for 2- pipe system 45
DB-TA-3B5..A Room thermostats for fan coil with proportional output for 2- pipe system
with economy function and remote season change over 46
DB-TA-3A8 Room thermostats for fan coil with 2 proportional outputs for 4- pipe system
and heating relay output 47
DB-TA-3A8..A Room thermostats for fan coil with 2 proportional outputs for 4- pipe system
and heating relay output with economy function 48
DB-TA-3A9 Room controllers for fan coil with 1 proportional output and 1 relay output
for 4- pipe system 49
DB-TA-3A9..A Room thermostats for fan-coil with 1 proportional output and 1 relay output
for 4-pipe system with economy function 51
DB-TA-3B8 Room thermostats for fan-coil with proportional output for 2-pipe system
and relay output 53
DB-TA-3B8..A Room thermostats for fan coil with proportional output for 2- pipe system
and relay output with economy function and remote season change over 54
DB-TA-3C3..9 2 stages room thermostats for fan coil 55
DB-TA-3C3..A 2 stages room thermostats for fan coil 56

4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(ORDERED BY PAGE)

Model Description Page

DB-TA-3E3..9 One stage room thermostat for fan coil 57

DB-TA-3E3..A One stage room thermostat for fan coil 58
DB-TA-3F3..9 One stage room thermostat for fan coil 59
DB-TA-3F3..A One stage room thermostat for fan coil 60
DB-TA-3G3-700 3- point room regulator 61
DB-TA-3D3-00A Room regulator with automatic speed and economy function 62
DB-CDP Set point remote controls 64

ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIAL CONTROLLERS

DB-I1D, -I2D Industrial 1- and 2- stage thermostats 67
DB-IDD Industrial differential thermostats 69
DB-I4D Digital controllers 70
DTR Digital thermoregulators 73
DB-R/1 Digital controllers with relays 74
DB-R/2 Digital controllers with proportional output 76
DB-R/3 Digital controllers with one proportional output and one relay 78
EASY Multifunction controller 80

TRANSMITTERS
TTA, TUA, TUTA Room temperature and humidity transmitters 89
TT Industrial temperature transmitters 91
TUT Industrial temperature and humidity transmitters 93
TU Industrial humidity transmitters 96
691 Pressure transmitters relative -1...16 bar 98
984 Differential pressure transmitters 0…2.5 bar 101
DB-xLQ Duct and room air quality transmitters 103
DB-xCO2 CO2- transmitters 105
DB-xLQ-CO2 CO2- and mixed gas transmitters 107
DTB, STC, STE, STI,
DPTD, DPTD1 Temperature sensors 110
NTA, NTB, PTA, PTB, NIC Cable temperature sensors 112

ELECTROMECHANICAL CONTROLS
TA Bimetallic room thermostats 116
DBET Single and multi-stage room thermostats 118
DBET Single and multi-stage room thermostats 119
DBET Single and multi-stage capillary thermostats 120
DBTC Single-stage capillary thermostats 122
DBAT Strap-on thermostats 123
DBTV Boiler thermostats 125
DBTV Boiler thermostats 127
DBTZ Air duct thermostats 129
DBTZ Air duct thermostats 131
DBTF Antifreeze thermostats 133

5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(ORDERED BY PAGE)

Model Description Page

UMIDOSTATI
HYGROSTATS
DBZH Room hygrostats 137
DBKH Duct hygrostats 139

MANOMETERS / AIR PRESSURE

MANOMETRI SWITCHES
/ PRESSOSTATI
DB-M...P... Manometers and air differential pressure switches 142
DBL Air differential pressure switches 143

FLOW SWITCHES
FLUSSOSTATI
DBSL Air flow switches 146
DBSF Liquid flow switches 147
DB3...MI Liquid flow switches 150

INTERRUTTORI
LEVELDI LIVELLO
SWITCHES
DBSQ Level switches 153

ACCESSORIES
DBZ Accessories 154

VALVOLE MOTORIZZATE
MOTORIZED VALVES
Actuators and valve bodies coupling 156

DB-VZ + SM... On-Off zone valves with actuator 157

SE1C Electrothermal actuator for heating circuits, radiators 160
VFX Fan coil valve body 162
SE1 Electrothermal actuator 164
VFT Fan coil valve body 166
SE2 Electrical actuators 200 N 168
VFZ Body valves, screwed, stroke 5.5 mm 170
SE4 Electrical actuators 400 N 174
VFS Threaded globe valves, stroke 16.5 mm 176
VFSF Flanged globe body valves, stroke 16.5 mm 180
SE6 Electric valve actuators 600 N 183
VFF/2F/3F Flanged globe body valves 186
DB-DA71 Electric valve actuators, 2500 N 190
VMF Butterfly valves 192

6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(ORDERED BY PAGE)

Model Description Page

DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAK, DMK Damper actuators, 2-, 3- point and proportional control (2 Nm) 194
DAN, DMN Damper actuators, 2-, 3- point and proportional control (4 Nm) 197
DAS, DA, DAL Damper actuators, 2-, 3- point control (8, 16, 24 Nm) 200
DMS, DM, DML Damper actuators, proportional control (8, 16 ,24 Nm) 203
DAG/DMG Damper actuators, 2-, 3- point and proportional control (32 Nm) 206
DANxF Spring return actuators (5 Nm) 209
DASxF Spring return actuators (8 Nm) 211
DB-DAxF, -DM24F Spring return actuators (15 Nm) 213
AF...SE Spring return actuators for fire dampers (5 Nm) 215
NF...SE Spring return actuators for fire dampers (8 Nm) 217
DB-SF.. Spring return actuators for fire dampers (20 Nm) 219
DB-PA, -PF Position transducers 0…100% 221

7
8
ELECTRONIC ROOM CONTROLLERS
OPERATING EUROPEAN STANDARDS

The innovative DBTA-3 range de- - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)
sign, awarded at the “FORMA FO- - EN 60730-1: automatic electrical controls for household
RUM 2000” contest, is perhaps and similar use
the most attractive feature of the - EN 50081-1 (EMC): generic emission in residential, com-
Industrietechnik’s electronic control- mercial and light industrial environments
lers, making the devices suitable to - EN 50082-1 (EMC): generic immunity in residential, com-
the use in any environment. mercial and light industrial environments
The DBTA-3 applications variety - EN 55014-1 (EMC): product standards - emissions - re-
answers to the growing market re- quirements for household appliances, electric tools and
quirement of standardization and, at similar apparatus
the same time, allows the Industrietechnik to satisfy the possible
customizing demands.

DBTA-3 controllers is the result of Industrietechnik twenty years’

experience in temperature controlling and the use of new
technology with higher performances. The controllers are built
with analogic electronics for standard working and low cost
versions, or with microcontroller when particular or customized
operations are required.
Some models display LCD supplied fulfil a congenial interface
between the user and the whole control system.
The models present advantageous features regarding the
highest application flexibility:
- many products offer to the user the choice between 24 Vac
and 230 Vac power supply selectable by jumper;
- all the units are produced with an internal sensor; it is
also possible to connect a remote sensor (available on
request).
- economy function in order to save energy
All the models allow, on one hand, a pratical and safe mounting,
and on the other, a simple and intuitive use.

10
DB-TA-334-199 DB-TA-363-436 DB-TA-387-366
AVAILABLE MODELS

Versions without display

Range +5...+30ºC OUTPUTS SWITCHES

Remote sensor

Power supply
DB-TA-

Remote S/W
0...10 Vdc

3- speed
On / Off
Relay

Page
Pipe

S/W
303- 139 HAG •• • / A 230 Vac 14
322- 130 2 • • • A 24/230 Vac 15

199 2 • • B

435 2 • • • A
323- 24/230 Vac 16
995 2 • • B

998 2 • • B

199 HP •• • zn
334- B 24/230 Vac 18
244 4/HP • •

933 2/4 •/•• • •/zn

335- B 24 Vac 20
993 2/4 •/•• •/zn

139 4 •• • • zn
21
199 4 •• • zn
343- B 24/230 Vac
939 4 •• • zn
21
999 4 •• zn

139 4 •• • • zn
23
199 4 •• • zn
345- B 24 Vac
939 4 •• • zn
23
999 4 •• zn
3- point control/
347- 439 4 • zn A 24 Vac 25
floating
363- 436 2 • • auto A 230 Vac 27
3- point control/
367- 439 2 • zn A 24 Vac 28
floating
383- 433 2/4 • • • A 24/230 Vac 30

10A 2/4 ••••• • m/a auto A 33

387- 566 4 ••••• m/a zn A 230 Vac

31
866 2 ••••• m/a auto A

INDEX FOR MODELS DBTA-3:

zn dead zone fan/off/heat switch

HP for heat pumps auto s/w change over with water sensor
HAG for hot air generator on/off/electric heater switch
continuous fan/thermostatic fan/off switch m/a min speed/automatic speed switch
heating/only fan/cooling switch A sensor NTA010-623 (NTC 10K)
continuous fan/thermostatic fan switch B sensor NTB010-623 (NTC 100K)

11
DB-TA-33A-13A DB-TA-393-433 DB-TA-3A3-700
AVAILABLE MODELS

Versions with display

Range OUTPUTS SWITCHES

Remote sensor

Power supply
+5...+30ºC

Remote S/W
DB-TA-
0...10 Vdc

3- speed

Economy
On /Off
Relay

Page
Pipe

S/W
13A 2/4 • • par. • A 24 Vac
33A- 35
10A 2/4 • par. • A 24 Vac

393- 433 2/4 • • • A 230 Vac 36

394- 134 2/4 HP • • • A 230 Vac 37
000 4 •••• zn 39
139 4 •• • • zn
40...41
199 4 •• • zn
3A3- A 230 Vac
700 4 •••• •Vct zn 39

939 4 •• • zn
40...41
999 4 •• zn

3A4- 700 HP ••• • par A 230 Vac 42

000 4 •• zn

030 4 •• • zn
3A5- - 24 Vac 43...44
100 4 •• • zn

130 4 •• • • zn

000 4 • heat •• zn

030 4 • heat •• • zn
3A8- - 24 Vac 47...48
100 4 • heat •• • zn

130 4 • heat •• • • zn

000 4 • • zn

030 4 • • • zn
3A9- - 24 Vac 49...51
100 4 • • • zn

130 4 • • • • zn

000 2 • par

030 2 • • par
3B5- - 24 Vac 45…46
100 2 • • par

130 2 • • • par

000 2 • • par

030 2 • • • par
3B8- - 24 Vac 53…54
100 2 • • • par

130 2 • • • • par

12
DB-TA-3C3-199
AVAILABLE MODELS

Versions with display

Range OUTPUTS SWITCHES

Remote sensor

Power supply
+5...+30ºC

Remote S/W
DB-TA-
0...10 Vdc

3- speed

Economy
On /Off
Relay

Page
Pipe

S/W
139 2 •• • • par

199 2 •• • par
3C3- A 230 Vac 55…56
939 2 •• • par

999 2 •• par

139 2 •(cool) • •
3F3 199 2 • (cool) • 59...60
A 230 Vac
939 2 • (cool) • (57...58)
(3E3-)
999 2 • (cool)
3- point
3G3- 700 2/4 control/ •Vct par. A 230 Vac 61
floating
cont2/cont3
out/cont1/
on/off/res

2 par. par.
(par.)

(par.)

3D3- 00A ••••• A 230 Vac 62

4 auto

INDEX FOR MODELS DBTA-3:

Vct continuos fan/thermostatic fan on/off/electric heater switch

fan/off/heat switch m/a min speed/automatic speed switch
zn dead zone HEAT riscaldamento
HP for heat pumps par setting keys and display
proportional-integral action with autotuning function A sensor NTA010-623 (NTC 10K)
continuous fan/thermostatic fan/off switch B sensor NTB010-623 (NTC 100K)
heating/only fan/cooling switch ECONOMY version: replace last number of code with “A”
continuous fan/thermostatic fan switch only for ECONOMY version
auto s/w change over with water sensor

MOUNTING
",Ê HOLES
Ê--"Ê -" (mm)
DIMENSIONS Ê

Compatible with wall box type 5045 B-Ticino serie (4 modules) or similar.

13
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 2- PIPE SYSTEMS DB-TA-303

FUNCTION

Warm air heat control, state visualization by LED, reactivation of - 2 indicating led (red for heater block alarm and yellow for
heating function by reset push-button in case of heater block heating request);
with: - reset push-button for heater reset;
- 2 relay output; - internal and remote temperature sensor (optional).
- manual selection of On/Off and Heat/Off/Fan;

TYPE ON/OFF HEAT/OFF/FAN

DB-TA-303-139 • •

On request:
Optional remote sensor, selectable by jumper, cable length 1 m; model NTA010-623

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Max load: 6A
Output: 1 SPDT relay 230 Vac 10 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: thermoresistor NTC 10K
Set point: +5...+30 ºC; mechanical limitation of setpoint
adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Visualization: 1 yellow led (heating request)
1 red led (heater block)
Working: 0...+50 ºC
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 ºC
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Dimension: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g
(*) remote sensor (optional)

JUMPER SETTING:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J2 closed = remote sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor jumper

setting.

14
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 2- PIPE SYSTEMS DB-TA-322

FUNCTION

The unit is well-suited for heating, ventilation 2- pipe systems - push-button for heater reset;
with on/off valve, the speed of fan is continuous with: - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- 1 ouput relay;
- manual selection of On/Off;

TYPE ON/OFF 3 SPEEED

DB-TA-322-130 • •

On request:
Optional remote sensor, selectable by jumper, cable length 1 m; model NTA010-623

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Max load: 6A
Output: 1 SPDT relay 24...230 Vac 10 A
Power cons.: <1W
Sensor: thermoresistor NTC 10K
Set point: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the set-
point adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Working: 0...+50 ºC
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 ºC
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Dimension: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g
(*) remote sensor (optional)

JUMPER SETTING:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J2 closed = remote sensor
- J4 closed = power supply 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
- J5 closed = power supply 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor and 230 Vac
jumper setting.

15
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 2- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-323

FUNCTION

2-pipe systems (typically fan coil) control for room temperature - manual selection for On/Off, 3 motor speed, season change
applications with: over (depending on models);
- knob for temperature setting - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- 1 relay output;

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W REMOTE S/W

DB-TA-323-435 (*) • • •
DB-TA-323-199 •
DB-TA-323-995 •
DB-TA-323-998 •

On request:
optional 1 m cable remote sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTB010-623 (for DB-TA-323-435 -> NTA010-623).

(*) for DB-TA-323-435 switch off/fan based on temp./continuous fan.

TECHNICAL FEATURES JUMPER SETTING:

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz - J1 closed = internal sensor

Max load: 6A - J2 closed = remote sensor
Output: 1 SPDT relay 24/230 Vac 6 A - J4 closed = power supply 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W - J5 closed = power supply 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Sensor: thermoresistor NTC 100K
(for DB-TA-323-435 -> NTC 10K) The products are factory supplied with internal sensor and 230 Vac
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the setpoint jumper setting.
adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, calss II
Dimension: 144 x 82 x 27 mm
Weight: 210 g

16
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 2- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-323

ELECTRICAL WIRING

DB-TA-323-199 DB-TA-323-995
Terminal connections for heating or cooling systems: the On/Off Terminal connections for systems with remote season change
switch provides power supply to terminals 5 and 6. over.

Terminal connections for heating or cooling systems.

DB-TA-323-435
Terminal connections for heating or cooling systems, with 3 motor
speed fan coils.
Provided for remote season change over.

DB-TA-323-998
Electrical wiring for heating ang cooling systems

(*) remote sensor (optional, see page before)

17
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR HEAT PUMPS DBTA-334

FUNCTION

Control of air conditioning systems with reverse cycle heating - manual On/Off selection,
pump with: - Heat/Fan/Cool switch
- knob for temperature setting - Cont/Auto switch (model DBTA-334-244);
- relay output; - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- adjustable dead zone (ZN, model DBTA-334-199);

TYPE ON/OFF LOCAL S/W HEAT/FAN/COOL CONT/AUTO

DBTA-334-199 • zn
DBTA-334-244 • • •

zn dead zone

On request:
Optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTB010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Logic of relay output.

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz DB-TA-334-244

Max load.: 6A
Outputs: 1 or 2 relays SPDT 24/230 Vac 6 A Terminal connections for air conditioning applications with reverse
Power cons.: 1W cycle heat pumps or 4- pipe systems.
Sensor: NTC 100K
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation
of the setpoint adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Dead zone: 1...4 K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Net weight: 210 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

DBTA-334-199

Terminal connections for air conditioning applications with reverse

cycle heat pumps and automatic change over between heating and
cooling with adjustable dead zone.
J1 = internal sensor
J2 = remote sensor
J5 = 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
J6 = 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz
zn = dead zone

(*) optional remote sensor

18
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR HEAT PUMPS DBTA-334

DBTA-334-244

Terminal connections for air conditioning applications with reverse

cycle heat pumps or for 4- pipe systems.

J1 = internal sensor
J2 = remote sensor
J4 = 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
J5 = 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Factory setting: internal sensor and 230 Vac

(*) optional remote sensor

19
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT
FOR 2- OR 4- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-335

FUNZIONE

2- or 4- pipe fan coil control for room temperature applications - adjustable dead zone;
with: - manual season change over switch;
- knob for temperature setting - 3 motor speed switch (model DBTA-335-933);
- proportional output 0...10 Vdc; - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- adjustable proportional band;

TYPE 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W (2- PIPE) LOCAL S/W (4- PIPE)

DBTA-335-933 • • zn
DBTA-335-993 • zn

zn dead zone
On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTB010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Logic of output in 4- pipe systems.

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Max load: 6 A (speeds)
Output: proportional 0...10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
Power cons: 1W
Sensor: NTC 100K
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the setpoint
adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Prop. band: 1...5 K
Dead zone: 1...4 K
Working: 0...+40 °C;
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Dimension: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

J1 closed = internal sensor

J2 closed = remote sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor jumper

setting.

(*) remote sensor (optional)

(**) only for models DBTA-335-933

20
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-343

FUNCTION

4- pipe fan coil control for room temperature applications - 2 relay output with dead zone (ZN);
with: - manual selection of On/Off and 3 motor speed (depen-
- knob for temperature setting ding on models);
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-343-139 • • zn
DBTA-343-199 • zn
DBTA-343-939 • zn
DBTA-343-999 zn

zn dead zone
On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTB010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Working logic

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Max load: 6A
Outputs: 2 SPDT relays 24/230 Vac 6 A
Power cons: 1W
Sensor: NTC 100K
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the
setpoint adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Dead zone: 1...4 K
Working: 0...+40 °C;
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C Jumper setting:
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 - J1 closed = internal sensor
color (RAL 9010) - J2 closed = remote sensor
Protection: IP30, class II - J5 closed = power supply 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Dimension: 144 x 82 x 34 mm - J6 closed = power supply 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Weight: 210 g
The products are factory supplied with internal sensor and 230 Vac
jumper setting.
ELECTRICAL WIRING

Terminal connections for 4- pipe air conditioning and heating

systems.
The on/off and 3- speed switches are electrically independent from
thermostat and other directly connected terminals.

(*) only for models DBTA-343-139, DBTA-343-199

(**) only for models DBTA-343-139, DBTA-343-939
(***) remote sensor (optional)

21
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-343

Application examples of the teminal connection:

The On/Off switch drives the start-up of the thermostat The On/off switch drives the start-up of the motor
and the motor is always powered

22
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT
FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-345

FUNCTION

4- pipe fan coil control for room temperature applications - manual selection of On/Off and 3 motor speed (depending
with: on models);
- knob for temperature setting - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- 2 proportional 0...10 Vdc output with dead zone (ZN);

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-345-139 • • zn
DBTA-345-199 • zn
DBTA-345-939 • zn
DBTA-345-999 zn

zn dead zone
On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTB010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Working logic

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Max load: 6 A (speed)
Outputs: 2 proportional 0...10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
Power cons: 1W
Sensor: NTC 100K
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the
setpoint adjustment
Prop. band: 1...5 K
Dead zone: 1...4 K
Working: 0...+40 °C;
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II Jumper setting:
Dimension: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g - J1 closed = internal sensor
- J2 closed = remote sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor jumper

ELECTRICAL WIRING setting.
Terminal connections for 4-pipe air conditioning and heating sy-
stems.
The On/Off and 3 speed switches are electrically independent from
thermostat and are directly connected terminals.

(*) only for models DBTA-345-139, DBTA-345-199

(**) only for models DBTA-345-139, DBTA-345-939
(***) remote sensor (optional)

23
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT
FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-345

Application examples of the teminal connections:

the On/Off switch drives the start-up of the thermostat and the motor the On/Off switch drives the start-up of the motor
is always powered;

24
ROOM CONTROLLERS 3- POINT FOR 4- PIPE-SYSTEMS DBTA-347

FUNCTION

3- point valve control on 4- pipe fan coil for room temperature - manual selection 3 motor speeds and thermostatic fan/
applications with: continuous fan/off;
- knob adjustment min/comfort/max; - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional);
- 2 outputs for each valve, opening and closing, with energy - setting of the system response time.
saving (activated only in the proportional band); - stroke time of valves (selectable by jumper): 60, 90, 120 or
- proportional band adjustable by jumper; 180 s.
- fixed dead zone (ZN);

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-347-439 • • zn

zn dead zone

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Terminal connections for air conditioning and heating 4- pipe
Ouputs: triac 24 Vac systems.
valves: max 0.5 A, min 0.025 A
speed: max 1 A, min 0.040 A
Power cons.: 1W N.B. to connect loads with 230 Vac use auxiliary relays
Sensor: NTC 10K
Setpoint: summer: +24 ± 5 °C
winter: +20 ± 5 °C
mechanical limitation of the setpoint adjustment
Prop. band: 1...10 K
Dead zone: 4K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g
(*) water sensor as minimum temperature thermostat with mini-
mal threshold at 30 °C (optional)
(**) remote sensor (optional)

LOGIC OF OUTPUT

25
ROOM CONTROLLERS 3- POINT FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEMS DBTA-347

Jumper setting:
J7 J6 TR
- TV = opening valve time
s
- TR = response time of the unit 0 0 90
- PB = proportional band
- NT = do not modify 0 1 120
- J1 opened = remote sensor 1 0 150
- J1 closed = internal sensor
1 1 180
The products are factory supplied with TV = 60 s, TR = 1 min e 30 s,
BP = 4 °C and internal sensor. J4 J5 J2 BP
°C
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 2
0 1 0 3
J9 J8 TV
s 0 1 1 4
0 0 60 1 0 0 5
0 1 90 1 0 1 6
1 0 120 1 1 0 7
1 1 180 1 1 1 8

26
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH AUTOMATIC SEASON CHANGE OVER DBTA-363

FUNCTION

2- pipe fan coil with 3- speed motor fan control for room tem- - manual 3 motor speed
perature with: - thermostatic fan/continuous fan/off selection;
- knob for temperature setting; - red and green leds for the active function indication (hea-
- automatic season change over, referred to the temperature ting or cooling);
of water supplied to the fan coil and measured by the water - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
sensor;

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-363-436 • • auto

auto season change over selection (S/W) by water sensor

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Terminal connections for 2- pipe air conditioning and heating
Max load: 6A systems.
Output: 1 relay SPST 230 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K, air sensor and water sensors
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the setpoint
adjustment
Differential: < 0.5 K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color
(RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g

(*) water sensor for automatic season change according

to the following logic diagram:

COOLING STAND-BY HEATING

(**) remote sensor (optional): J1 open

27
ROOM CONTROLLERS 3- POINT
WITH AUTOMATIC SEASON CHANGE OVER DBTA-367

FUNCTION

3-point valve control on 2- pipe fan coil for room temperature - automatic season change over;
applications with: - minimum thermostat (optional);
- knob adjustment min/comfort/max; - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional);
- 2 outputs for the valve, opening and closing, with energy - setting of the system response time.
saving (activated only in the proportional band); - stroke time of valves (selectable by jumper): 60, 90, 120
- proportional band adjustable by jumper; or 180 s.
- manual selection of 3 motor speeds and thermostatic fan/
continuous fan/off;

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-367-439 • • auto

auto season change over selection (S/W) by air sensor

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Terminal connections for 2- pipe air conditioning and heating
Max load: triac 24 Vac systems.
valves: max 0.5 A, min 0.025 A
speed: max 1 A, min 0.040 A N.B. to connect loads with 230 Vac use auxiliary relays.
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: termoresistore NTC 10K
Setpoint: summer: +24 ± 5 K
winter: +20 ± 5 K
mechanical limitation of the setpoint
adjustment
Prop. band: 1...10 K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm (*) water sensor as minimum temperature thermostat with mini-
Weight: 210 g mal threshold at 30 °C (optional)
(**) remote sensor (optional)

Season change over selection Logic of output

TA air sensor temperature

28
ROOM CONTROLLERS 3- POINT
WITH AUTOMATIC SEASON CHANGE OVER DB-TA-367

J4 J5 J2 BP
ÀC
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 2
0 1 0 3
J9 J8 TV
s 0 1 1 4
0 0 60 1 0 0 5
0 1 90 1 0 1 6
1 0 120 1 1 0 7
1 1 180 1 1 1 8

29
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 2- OR 4- PIPE FAN COILS DBTA-383

FUNCTION

2 or 4-pipe fan coil with 3- speed motor fan control for room - manual selection of thermostatic fan/continuous fan/off
temperature application with: - 3 motor speeds and season change over;
- knob for temperature setting; - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-383-433 • • •

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Terminal connections for 4- pipe air conditioning and heating
systems.
Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
(jumpers allow the choice of power supply)
Max load: 6A
Output: 1 relay SPDT 230 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C; mechanical limitation of the
setpoint adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g

(*) optional remote sensor

ELECTRICAL WIRING TM = minimum thermostat (if this function is not used, connect
terminals 3 and 4 together)
Terminal connections for 2-pipe air conditioning and heating
systems.
Jumper setting:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J2 closed = remote sensor
- J4 closed = power supply 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
- J5 closed = power supply 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor and 230 Vac
jumper setting.

30
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH AUTOMATIC
MOTOR SPEED AND SEASON CHANGE OVER DBTA-387

FUNCTION

2- or 4- pipe fan coil with 3- speed motor fan control for room - additional electric heater control by ON/OFF/electric
temperature applications with: heater switch;
- knob adjustment max/comfort/min; - indication for dirty filter (red led) and active output
- automatic season change over, referred to temperature (green led);
of water supplied to the fan coil and measured by the - “silence” working, overriding the fan to the minimum
water sensor for 2- pipe systems or to room temperature speed;
for 4- pipe systems; - air mixing cycle (fan on every 10 minutes);
- 3 motor speed change according on the measured tem- - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
perature and the setpoint;

TYPE SYSTEMS (PIPE) ON/OFF/RES. AUTO/SILENT E/I 3 VELOCIT¤

DB-TA-387-566 4 • • zn auto
DB-TA-387-866 2 • • auto auto

auto working season (W/S) selection by water sensor for 2- pipe system
working season (W/S) selection by air sensor for 4- pipe system

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50-60 Hz Terminal connections for air conditioning and heating systems.
Max load: 6 A for motor output, valves or electric
heater relay
2- pipe
Output: 5 relays 230 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K, air sensor and water sensor
Setpoint: summer: +24 ± 5 K
winter: +20 ± 5 K
mechanical limitation of the setpoint
adjustment
Differential: 0.5 K
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II (*) optional remote sensor
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g
4- pipe

Jumper setting:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J1 opened = remote sensor
- J2 closed = air mixing cycle
- J2 opened = no air mixing cycle

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor and with air
mixing cycle. (*) optional remote sensor

31
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH AUTOMATIC
MOTOR SPEED AND SEASON CHANGE OVER DBTA-387

The water sensor is used as automatic season change over in Switch is on electric heater position:
2- pipe systems and minimum temperature thermostat in 4- pipe - summer: it is possible to heat if the temperature drops by 4.5 °C
systems. below the setpoint (for spring and autumn or offices with different
With 2- pipe systems the season is selected automatically by sen- thermic loads);
sing the temperature of the water supplied to the fan coil upstream - winter: 2-stage heating is provided.
the valve. With 4-pipe systems the season is selected comparing the room tem-
perature with the setpoint and maintaining a dead zone of 4 °C.

2- pipe: logic of season season change over 2- pipe: logic of cooling

2- pipe: logic of heating 4- pipe: logic of operating

(heating) (cooling)

32
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH AUTOMATIC
SPEED AND SEASON CHANGE OVER DB-TA-387-10A

FUNCTION

2- 4- pipe and 3- speed fan coil control with room temperature - “manual” operating which runs the fan at low or medium
regulation by: speed;
- min/comfort/max regulation knob; - air mixing cycle (activation of fan every 10 minutes);
- automatic changeover, based on water supply temperature - internal or remote sensor (optional).
for 2- pipe systems or based on room temperature for 4
pipe systems;
- automatic variation of 3- speed fan based on room tempe-
rature and the setpoint;

TYPE SYSTEM (PIPE) ON/OFF I/II/AUTO W/S 3 SPEED

DB-TA-387-10A 2/4 • • auto auto

auto working season selection (W/S) by water sensor for 2- pipe systems
working season selection (W/S) by air sensor for 4- pipe systems

On request:
optional remote sensor, selectable by jumper, with cable length 1 m, model: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50-60 Hz Connections for heating and cooling plants:
Max load: 6 A for motor output and valves or electric 2- pipe systems
heater relay
Output: 5 relays 250 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: <1W
Sensor: NTC 10K, air sensor and water sensor
Range of regulation: +12...+28 ºC
mechanical limitation of the setpoint
adjustment
Differential: 0.4 K
Working: 0...+40 ºC
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 ºC
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
(*) remote sensor (optional)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 210 g
4- pipe systems

Jumper setting:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J1 open = remote sensor
- J2 closed = 4- pipe systems
- J2 open = 2- pipe systems
- J3 = not used (*) remote sensor (optional)

Units are supplied with internal sensor and 4- pipe system set-
ting.

33
ROOM REGULATOR WITH AUTOMATIC
SPEED AND SEASON CHANGE OVER DB-TA-387-10A

The water sensor can be used as automatic changeover in 2-

pipe systems or as minimum thermostat for 4- pipe systems.
For 2- pipe systems the working season can be selected by
sensing the temperature of water delivered to the fan at the
inlet of the valve.

2- pipe system: changeover selection 4- pipe systems: operating mode

Cooling Heating Heating Cooling

Temp. water Temp. air

When the unit is powered on if the temperature of water is from In heating mode the fan can be on only if the temperature of water
18°C to 32°C, the thermostat is on stand-by, the valve is closed and sensor inside the battery is upper than 32°C. Otherwise if the tem-
the fan is off. perature is lower than 30°C the ventilation can’t be authorized.
In heating, the ventilation is delayed of 45 seconds after the valve On cooling mode the fan is off after a delay has elapsed from the
is opened to avoid to send cold air on the room. moment the valve is closed.

34
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR FAN COIL WITH
PROPORTIONAL INTEGRAL OUTPUT(S) FOR 2- AND
4- PIPE SYSTEM WITH ECONOMY FUNCTION DB-TA-33A

FUNCTION

Proportional integral temperature control in heating, ventilation, The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for
refrigeration and air conditioning for tipically 2- and 4- pipe fan parameter setting like the range, type of system, proportional
coil systems with proportional valves. band, integral time and economy mode. When the thermostat
- 1 or 2 proportional outputs 0-10 Vdc is on the fan is on at the speed selected manually and the pro-
- local or remote season change over (2- pipe system) portional output are set according to parameters settings.
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds In addition an economy function is available with a remote
- economy function contact. When the contact is closed the thermostat works with
- autotuning function with remote sensor an economy mode.

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED S/W

DB-TA-33A-10A • see electrical wiring
DB-TA-33A-13A • • see electrical wiring

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz 2- pipe: logic of season change over with water sensor
Input: - external contact for economy
- external contact or water sensor for remote
season change over function (2- pipe) Cooling Heating
Output(s): 1 or 2 prop. outputs 0...10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
speeds: 24...230 Vac 6 A
Power consump.: 1W water

Sensor: NTC 10K

Range: +5...+30 °C C/O contact closed: reverse action (heating)
Economy: adjustable range between +5...+30 °C C/O contact opened: direct action (cooling)
Prop. band: 1...30 K
Integral time: 1...30 minutes
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C In 2- pipe systems, season change over can be selected manually
10...90% r.h. (non condensing) by parameter or can be done remotely by a water sensor or a cen-
Storage: -20...+60 °C tralized external contact.
< 95 % r.h. In 4- pipe systems, season change over is done automatically based
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 on room temperature.
color (RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II ECO contact closed: economy function inserted
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm ECO contact opened: economy function not inserted
Weight: 220 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

2- pipe systems operating 4- pipe systems operating

( ) only for DB-TA-33A-13A ( ) only for DB-TA-33A-13A

(*) optional remote sensor

(**) optional water sensor
(***) optional remote centralized contact

35
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 2- OR 4- PIPE FAN COILS DBTA-393

FUNCTION

2- pipe fan coil with 3- speed motor fan control for room tem- - room temperature visualisation with display;
perature applications with: - setpoint selection by step of 0.5 °C on display;
- manual selection of thermostatic fan/continuous fan/Off, - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- 3 motor speed and season change over;

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

DBTA-393-433 • • •

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Terminal connections for 4- pipe air conditioning and heating
Max load: 6A systems.
Output: 1 relay SPDT 230 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: 0...+40 °C
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C
adjustment by step of 0.5 °C.
Differential: 0.5 °C
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 27 mm
Weight: 220 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING
(*) optional remote sensor
TM minimum thermostat
Terminal connections for 2-pipe air conditioning and heating
systems.

Jumper setting:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J1 opened = remote sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor.

36
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR FAN COILS AND HEAT PUMPS DBTA-394

FUNCTION

Control of 2- or 4- pipe fan coils, ventilation systems and heat only ventilation or cooling;
pumps with reversing valve for room temperature applications - setpoint adjustment with push buttons by step of 0.5 °C;
with: - start-up delay of compressor (2 minutes);
- On/Off switch; - internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).
- manual selection of 3 motor speed and operating in heating,

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED W/FAN/S

DBTA-394-134 • • •

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Heating with electric heater systems
Max load: 6A
Output: 1 SPDT relay 230 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: 0...+40 °C
Setpoint: +5...+30 °C
adjustment by step of 0.5 °C
Differential: 0.5 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 220 g
Terminal connections for 4-pipe air conditioning, heating systems

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Terminal connections for 2- pipe heating, air conditioning

37
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR FAN COILS AND HEAT PUMPS DBTA-394

Terminal connections for heat pumps with reverse valve active in Terminal connections for heat pumps with reverse valve active
heating. in cooling.

(*) optional remote sensor

Jumper setting:

- J1 closed = internal sensor

- J1 opened = remote sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor.

38
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM WITH 2 STAGES
HEATING AND 2 STAGES COOLING DB-TA-3A3..0

FUNCTION

4- pipe fan coil control for room temperature applications The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for
with: parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone, hysteresis
- 2 heating relays outputs and 2 cooling relays outputs with for heating and cooling stages, hysteresis between the hea-
dead zone (dEZ); ting stage 1 and 2 and between the cooling stage 1 and 2, the
- manual selection of 3 fan speeds and selection of type of position of setpoint in the neutral zone, the type of ventilation
ventilation with keys and parameter (model DB-TA-3A3-700 (continuous, based on temperature, off) (model DB-TA-3A3-700
only) only). In normal condition of use the temperature is visualized
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional). with a step of 0.1°C.

TYPE 3- SPEED HYS. BETWEEN STAGES HYS. IN THE STAGES

K K
DB-TA-3A3-700 • 0.5...4 0.5...4
DB-TA-3A3-000 0.5...4 0.5...4

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Output: valves: 4 relay SPST 230 Vac 5 A
speeds: 230 Vac 5 A, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 1 W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Hysteresis between
the stages: 0.5...4 K
Hysteresis in stages: 0.5...4 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
(*) only for models DB-TA-3A3-700
Weight: 220 g
(**) remote sensor (optional)

Logic of relay outputs

Setpoint centered on neutral zone Setpoint on first heating stage

DiH differential between heating stages

DiC differential between cooling stages
Hh1 hysteresis heating stage 1
Hh2 hysteresis heating stage 2
Hc1 hysteresis cooling stage 1
Hc2 hysteresis cooling stage 2

39
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM DB-TA-3A3..9

FUNCTION

4- pipe fan coil control for room temperature applications parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone, hysteresis
with: for heating and cooling stages, the position of setpoint in the
- 2 relays output with dead zone (dEZ); neutral zone. In normal condition of use the temperature is
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds visualized with a step of 0.1 °C. The voltage free On/Off switch
(depending on model); connected together with the 3 fan speeds switch allow to power
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional). on and off the fan. On request it is possible to have a version
with economy function by a remote contact. When the contact
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for is closed the thermostat works with an economy mode.

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED W/S

DB-TA-3A3-139 • • zn
DB-TA-3A3-199 • zn
DB-TA-3A3-939 • zn
DB-TA-3A3-999 zn

zn dead zone

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz

Output: valves: 2 relays SPDT 230 Vac 6 A
speeds: 230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 1 W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Hysteresis: 0.5...4 K
Dead zone: 1...4 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II
(*) only for models DB-TA-3A3-139, DB-TA-3A3-199
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
(**) only for models DB-TA-3A3-139, DB-TA-3A3-939
Weight: 220 g
(***) remote sensor (optional)

Logic of relays output

Setpoint centered on neutral zone Setpoint on heating stage

40
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM DB-TA-3A3..A

FUNCTION

4- pipe fan coil control for room temperature applications parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone, hysteresis
with: for heating and cooling stages, the position of setpoint in the
- 2 relays output with dead zone (dEZ); neutral zone and economy mode state. In normal condition of
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds use the temperature is visualized with a step of 0.1°C. The voltage
(depending on model); free On/Off switch connected together with the 3 fan speeds
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional). switch allow to power on and off the fan. In addition activation
- economy function by parameter of economy function is available directly on the
unit or remotely by an external contact.
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED W/S

DB-TA-3A3-13A • • zn
DB-TA-3A3-19A • zn
DB-TA-3A3-93A • zn
DB-TA-3A3-99A zn

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz

Input: ext. contact for economy function
Outputs: 2 relays SPDT 230 Vac 6 A
speeds: 230 Vac 6A, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Hysteresis: 0.5...4 K
Dead zone: 1...4 K
Economy: adjustable range between +5...+30 °C
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
(*) only for models DB-TA-3A3-13A, DB-TA-3A3-19A
Protection class: IP30, class II (**) only for models DB-TA-3A3-13A, DB-TA-3A3-93A
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm (***) remote sensor (optional)
Weight: 220 g (ECO) economy function

Logic of relay outputs

Setpoint centered on neutral zone Setpoint on heating stage

41
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR FAN COIL AND HEAT
PUMPS WITH DISPLAY DB-TA-3A4-700

FUNCTION

Control of 2-pipe fan coil, ventilation systems and heat pumps The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for
with reversible valve for room temperature applications with: parameters setting like the range, operating mode (heating,
- manual selection of 3 fan speeds and selection of type of cooling, Off), the type of ventilation (continuous, based on tem-
ventilation with keys and parameter perature), differential between compressor and electric heater
- setpoint adjustment with push/buttons by step of 0.1°C. activation in heating mode, hysteresis for compressor and elec-
- Additional electric heater with adjustable differential activa- tric heater, delay for compressor activation. In normal condition
tion from the setpoint of use the temperature is visualized with a step of 0.1°C.
- adjustable hysteresis for compressor and electric heater.
- start-up delay of compressor adjustable
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional).

TYPE 3 SPEEDS LOCAL S/W

DB-TA-3A4-700 • •

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Outputs: valves: 3 relays SPDT 230 Vac 5 A
speeds: 230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Hysteresis: 0.5...4 K
Compressor delay: 0...10 minutes
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010) (*) remote sensor (optional)
Protection class: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 220 g

Logic of relay outputs

Heating mode Cooling mode

reversing reversing
valve OFF valve ON

diH Δt between activation of RES and COMP

HrE hysteresis of RES
Hco hysteresis of COMP
COMP compressor
RES. electric heater
The fan is activated and deactivated together with the compressor if the mode of ventilation is based on temperature, otherwise the fan is always on.

42
ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL WITH
2 PROPORTIONAL OUTPUTS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM DB-TA-3A5

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, ventilation, refrigeration and parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone, proportional
air conditioning for tipically 4- pipe fan coil systems with pro- heating and cooling bands. In normal condition of use the tem-
portional valves. perature is visualized with a step of 0.1°C. When the thermostat
- 2 proportional outputs 0…10 Vdc is off, the fan is off, the proportional outputs are set to 0 Vdc.
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds When the thermostat is on the fan is on at the speed selected
manually and the proportional outputs are set according to
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for parameters setting.

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED DEAD ZONE

K
DB-TA-3A5-130 • • 1...4
DB-TA-3A5-030 • 1...4
DB-TA-3A5-100 • 1...4
DB-TA-3A5-000 1...4

Outputs: valves: 2 prop. outputs 0...10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
1 relay output 6 A 250 Vac
speeds: 24/230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Differential: 0.4 K (relay)
Prop. band: ± 0,5...± 2,5 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color
(RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
(*) only for models DB-TA-3A8-130, DB-TA-3A8-100
Weight: 220 g
(**) only for models DB-TA-3A8-130, DB-TA-3A8-030
Logic of proportional outputs
Tset centered in BP heating Tset centered in dead zone

Logic of operating relay

ZN neutral zone
PBH proportional heating band
PBC proportional cooling band

47
ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL WITH
2 PROPORTIONAL OUTPUTS FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM
AND HEATING RELAY OUTPUT WITH ECONOMY FUNCTION DB-TA-3A8..A

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, ventilation, refrigeration and nal heating and cooling bands and economy mode. When the
air conditioning for tipically 4- pipe fan coil systems with pro- thermostat is on the fan is on at the speed selected manually
portional valves. and the proportional outputs are set according to parameters
- 1 heating relay output setting. The relay is activated if heating function is required when
- 2 proportional outputs 0…10 Vdc with dead zone the maximum heating voltage output has been reached but not
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds the temperature required.
- economy function In addition an economy function is available with a remote
contact. When the contact is closed the thermostat works with
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for an economy mode.
parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone, proportio-

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED DEAD ZONE

K
DB-TA-3A8-13A • • 1...4
DB-TA-3A8-03A • 1...4
DB-TA-3A8-10A • 1...4
DB-TA-3A8-00A 1...4
TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Input: external contact for economy function
Outputs: valves: 2 prop. outputs 0...10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
1 relay 6 A 250 Vac
speeds: 6 A at 24...230 Vac ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Differential: 0.4 K (relay)
Prop. band: ± 0,5...± 2,5 K
Economy: adjustable range between +5...+30 °C
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color
(RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II ECONOMY FUNCTION contact closed: economy function selected
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm ECONOMY FUNCTION contact opened: economy function not
Weight: 220 g selected

(*) only for models DB-TA-3A8-13A, DB-TA-3A8-10A

Logic of proportional outputs (**) only for models DB-TA-3A8-13A, DB-TA-3A8-03A
Tset centered in BP heating

Logic of operating relay

Tset centered in dead zone

ZN neutral zone
PBH proportional heating band
PBC proportional cooling band

48
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR FAN COIL WITH 1 PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT AND 1 RELAY OUTPUT FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM DB-TA-3A9

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, ventilation, refrigeration and air band. In normal condition of use the temperature is visualized
conditioning for tipically 4- pipe fan coil systems. with a step of 0.1°C. When the thermostat is off, the fan is off, the
- 1 heating relay output proportional output is set to 0 Vdc and the relay is off. When the
- 1 proportional output 0…10 Vdc thermostat is on the fan is on at the speed selected manually and
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speed the proportional output is set according to parameter setting.
The relay is activated with action opposed to the action of the
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for proportional output.
parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone, proportional

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED DEAD ZONE

K
DB-TA-3A9-130 • • 1...4
DB-TA-3A9-030 • 1...4
DB-TA-3A9-100 • 1...4
DB-TA-3A9-000 1...4

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Outputs: valves: 1 prop. output 0…10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
1 relay output 6 A 250 Vac
speeds: 24/230 Vac 6 A
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Differential: 0.5...2 K (relay)
Prop. band: ± 0.5...± 2.5 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color
(RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 220 g (*) only for models DB-TA-3A9-130, DB-TA-3A9-100
(**) only for models DB-TA-3A9-130, DB-TA-3A9-030

49
ROOM CONTROLLERS FOR FAN COIL WITH 1 PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT AND 1 RELAY OUTPUT FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM DB-TA-3A9

Logic of outputs

Tset centered in heating Tset centered in dead zone

proportional cooling
on/off heating

proportional heating
on/off cooling

ZN neutral zone
PB proportional band
HYS hysteresis

50
ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL WITH 1
PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT AND 1 RELAY OUTPUT
FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM WITH ECONOMY FUNCTION DB-TA-3A9..A

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, ventilation, refrigeration proportional band and economy mode. When the thermostat
and air conditioning for tipically 4- pipe fan coil systems. is on the fan is on at the speed selected manually and the
- 1 heating relay proportional output is set according to parameters setting.
- 1 proportional output 0…10 Vdc The relay is activated with action opposed to the action of the
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speed proportional output.
- economy function In addition an economy function is available with a remote
contact. When the contact is closed the thermostat works in
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys economy mode.
+/- for parameters setting like the range, the neutral zone,

TIPO ON/OFF 3- SPEED DEAD ZONE

K
DB-TA-3A9-13A • • 1...4
DB-TA-3A9-03A • 1...4
DB-TA-3A9-10A • 1...4
DB-TA-3A9-00A 1...4

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50-60 Hz

Input: external contact for economy function
Outputs: valves: 1 prop. output 0…10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
1 relay 6 A 250 Vac
speeds: 24/230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Differential: 0.5...2 K (relay)
Prop. band: ± 0.5...± 2.5 K
Economy: adjustable range between +5...+30 °C
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color
(RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 220 g
ECONOMY FUNCTION contact closed: economy function selected
ECONOMY FUNCTION contact closed: economy function selected

(*) only for models DB-TA-3A9-13A, DB-TA-3A9-10A

(**) only for models DB-TA-3A9-13A, DB-TA-3A9-03A

51
ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL WITH 1
PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT AND 1 RELAY OUTPUT
FOR 4- PIPE SYSTEM WITH ECONOMY FUNCTION DB-TA-3A9..A

Logic of outputs

Tset centered in heating Tset centered in dead zone

proportional
cooling
on/off heating

proportional
heating
on/off cooling

ZN neutral zone
PB proportional band
HYS hysteresis

52
ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL WITH PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT FOR 2- PIPE SYSTEM AND RELAY OUTPUT DB-TA-3B8

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, ventilation, refrigeration and reverse), proportional band. When the thermostat is on the fan is
air conditioning for tipically 2-pipe fan coil systems with pro- on at the speed selected manually and the proportional output
portional valve. is set according to parameters setting.
- 1 relay output Reverse action: the relay is activated when the maximum voltage
- 1 proportional output 0…10 Vdc output has been reached but not the required temperature.
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speed Direct action: the relay is activated when the maximum voltage
output has been reached but not the required temperature.
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for
parameters setting like the range, the type of action (direct or

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED S/W

DB-TA-3B8-130 • • local
DB-TA-3B8-030 • local
DB-TA-3B8-100 • local
DB-TA-3B8-000 local

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Outputs: valves: 1 prop. output 0…10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
1 relay 6 A 250 Vac
speeds: 6 A 24/230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensore: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Differential: 0.4 °C (relay)
Prop. band: ± 0,5...± 2,5 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color
(RAL 9010)
Protection class: IP30, class II
(*) only for models DB-TA-3B8-130, DB-TA-3B8-100
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
(**) only for models DB-TA-3B8-130, DB-TA-3B8-030
Weight: 220 g

Logic of proportional output and operating relay

Reverse action Direct action

PB proportional band

53
ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL WITH PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT FOR 2- PIPE SYSTEM AND RELAY OUTPUT WITH
ECONOMY FUNCTION AND REMOTE SEASON CHANGE OVER DB-TA-3B8..A

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, ventilation, refrigeration and economy mode. The selection of type of action is done with a
air conditioning for tipically 2- pipe fan coil systems with pro- remote centralized contact. When the thermostat is on the fan is
portional valve. on at the speed selected manually and the proportional output
- 1 relay output is set according to parameters setting.
- 1 proportional output 0…10 Vdc Reverse action: the relay is activated when the maximum voltage
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speed output has been reached but not the required temperature.
- 1 remote season change over Direct action: the relay is activated when the maximum voltage
- economy function output has been reached but not the required temperature.
In addition an economy function is available with a remote
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- contact. When the contact is closed the thermostat works in
for parameters setting like the range, proportional band and economy mode.

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED S/W

DB-TA-3B8-13A • • remote
DB-TA-3B8-03A • remote
DB-TA-3B8-10A • remote
DB-TA-3B8-00A remote

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Ingresso: external contacts for economy and
season change over function
Output: valves: 1 prop. output 0…10 Vdc (RL > 10 kOhm)
1 relay 6 A 250 Vac
speed: 6 A 24/230 Vac ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Differential: 0.4 °C (relay)
Prop. band: ± 0.5...± 2.5 K
Economy: adjustable range between +5...+30 °C
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C ECONOMY FUNCTION contact closed: economy function inserted
< 95 % r.h. ECONOMY FUNCTION contact opened: economy function
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 color not inserted
(RAL 9010) SEASON CHANGE OVER contact closed: reverse action (heating)
Protection class: IP30, class II SEASON CHANGE OVER contact opened: direct action (cooling)
Size: 144 x 82 x 35 mm
Weight: 220 g (*) only for models DB-TA-3B8-13A, DB-TA-3B8-10A
(**) only for models DB-TA-3B8-13A, DB-TA-3B8-03A

Logic of proportional output and operating relay

Reverse action Direct action

PB proportional band

Note: the relay can be set to work only in one season

54
2 STAGES ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL DB-TA-3C3..9

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, refrigeration and air conditio- reverse), the differential between the stages and the differential
ning for tipically fan coil systems with 2 stages. in the stages. In normal condition of use the temperature is
- 2 relay outputs; visualized with a step of 0.1°C. The voltage free On/Off switch
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds connected together the 3 fan speeds switch allows to power
(depending on model); on and off the fan. On request it is possible to have a version
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional). with economy function by a remote contact. When the contact
is closed the thermostat works in economy mode.
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for
parameters setting like the range, the type of action (direct or

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED DIFFERENTIAL/HYSTERESIS

K
DB-TA-3C3-139 • • 0.5...4
DB-TA-3C3-199 • 0.5...4
DB-TA-3C3-939 • 0.5...4
DB-TA-3C3-999 0.5...4

On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz

Outputs: valves: 2 relays SPDT 230 Vac 6 A
speeds: 230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Hysteresis between
stages: 0.5...4 K
Hysteresis in stages: 0.5...4 K
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 (*) only for models DB-TA-3C3-139, DB-TA-3C3-199
color (RAL 9010) (**) only for models DB-TA-3C3-139, DB-TA-3C3-939
Protection class: IP30, class II (***) remote sensor (optional)
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 220 g

Logic of relay outputs

Reverse action Direct action

DiF temperature difference between activation of stage 1 and 2

Hi1 hysteresis stage 1
Hi2 hysteresis stage 2

55
2 STAGES ROOM THERMOSTATS FOR FAN COIL DB-TA-3C3..A

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating, refrigeration and air conditio- reverse), the differential between the stages, the differential in
ning for tipically fan coil systems with 2 stages. the stages and economy mode state. In normal condition of use
- 2 relay outputs; the temperature is visualized with a step of 0.1°C. The voltage
- manual selection of On/Off, 3 fan speeds free On/Off switch connected together with the 3 fan speeds
(depending on model); switch allows to power on and off the fan. In addition activation
- internal or remote temperature sensor (optional); by parameter of economy function is available directly on the
- economy function. unit or remotely by an external contact.
The thermostat is provided with a LCD display and keys +/- for
parameter setting like the range, the type of action (direct or

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED DIFFERENTIAL/HYSTERESIS

K
DB-TA-3C3-13A • • 0.5...4
DB-TA-3C3-19A • 0.5...4
DB-TA-3C3-93A • 0.5...4
DB-TA-3C3-99A 0.5...4
On request:
optional remote 1 m cable sensor, selectable by jumper; ordering code: NTA010-623.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz

Input: ext. contact for economy function
Outputs: valves: 2 relays SPDT 230 Vac 6 A
speeds: 230 Vac 6 A, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 1 W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Range: +5...+30 °C
Hysteresis between
the stages: 0.5...4 K
Hysteresis in stages: 0.5...4 K
Economy: adjustable range between +5...+30 °C
Display: resolution 0.1 °C
Working: 0...+40 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 (*) only for models DB-TA-3C3-13A, DB-TA-3C3-19A
color (RAL 9010) (**) only for models DB-TA-3C3-13A, DB-TA-3C3-93A
Protection class: IP30, class II (***) remote sensor (optional)
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 220 g

Logic of relay outputs

4- pipe system

(*) remote air sensor (optional)

(**) water sensor (optional)

61
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH AUTOMATIC
SPEED AND ECONOMY FUNCTION DB-TA-3D3-00A

FUNCTION

2-, 4- pipe and 3- speed fan coils control for room temperature - hot start management for 2- pipe systems;
regulation: - air mixing cycle selectable;
- local or remote changeover based on temperature water - economy function
supply for 2- pipe system or based on room temperature for - internal or remote sensor (optional).
4- pipe systems; The thermostat has a LCD display with +/- keys for the selection
- automatic 3- speed selection based on room temperature of parameters, status unit visualization and possible alarm
and setpoint or continuous selectable speed; condition indications.
- additional electric heater control; In normal conditions of use the room (or water) temperature
- dirty filter managemement with operating fan hours indication sensor is visualized with a step of 0.1 ºC.
and dirty filter signalling;
- minimum thermostat temperature activation selectable for
4- pipe systems;

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Terminal connections for heating and cooling systems:
Outputs: 5 relays SPST 230 Vca 5 A
speed: 230 Vca 5 A, 50/60 Hz 2- pipe system
Power cons.: 1W
Sensor: NTC 10K
Water sensor: NTA020-027P (optional)
Range: +5...+30 ºC
Display: resolution 0.1 ºC
Working: 0...+40 ºC
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 ºC
< 95 % r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010
Protection class: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 27 mm
Weight: 220 g
(*) remote sensor (optional) with 1 m cable length: NTA010-623
(**) water sensor (optional)
(***) remote contact (optional)
ECO contact closed: economy function inserted
ECO contact open: economy function not inserted

Jumper setting: 4- pipe system

- J1, J2 closed = internal sensor

- J1, J2 open = remote sensor

The units are factory supplied with internal sensor.

(*) remote sensor (optional) with 1 m cable length: NTA010-623

(**) water sensor (optional)
(***) remote contact (optional)
ECO contact closed: economy function inserted
ECO contact open: economy function not inserted

62
ROOM CONTROLLERS WITH AUTOMATIC
SPEED AND ECONOMY FUNCTION DB-TA-3D3-00A

FUNCTION

The water sensor can be used as automatic changeover in 2- With electric heater operating mode:
pipe systems or as minimum thermostat for 4- pipe systems. - summer: it is possible to heat when temperature decreases
For 2- pipe systems the working season can be selected by from setpoint of neutral zone value (spring or autumn or offices
sensing the temperature of water delivered to the fan at the with different thermical load);
inlet of the valve. - winter: it is possible to have a second heating stage.

2- pipe systems: automatic changeover selection 2- pipe systems: heating with electric heater

2- pipe systems: heating without electric heater 2- pipe systems: cooling and heating with electric heater

2- pipe systems: cooling without electric heater 4- pipe systems: operating mode

For 4- pipe systems the season is selected according to room

temperature and setpoint with a neutral zone selectable.

FUNZIONE ECONOMY

The economy function can be inserted manually by parameter

or with an external contact when the water sensor is not used
for automatic changeover for 2- pipe systems or is not used as
minimum thermostat for 4- pipe systems.

For 2- pipe systems the working setpoint is the heating or cooling

economy setpoint according to the working season.

For 4- pipe systems the activation points for heating and cooling
move away in order to heat and cool less.

63
SET POINT REMOTE CONTROLS DB-CDP

FUNCTION

The DB-CDP serie is used as remote setpoint variator and fan-

coil driver.
Temperature visualization (model DB-CDP/Dx)
Internal sensor, potentiometer, On/Off and 3 speed switches.

TYPE ON/OFF 3 SPEEDS DISPLAY POTENTIOMETER SENSOR

DB-CDP/N1 analog 10k NTC 10k
DB-CDP/N2 • • analog 10k NTC 10k
DB-CDP/D1 • digital 10k NTC 10k
DB-CDP/D2 • • • digital 10k NTC 10k

TECHNICAL FEATURES OVERALL DIMENSIONS

Power supply: model DB-CDP/N:

24/230 Vac +/- 10%, 50-60 Hz
model DB-CDP/D:
12 Vac +/- 10%, 50-60 Hz
itÂs necessary to use a 230/12 Vac trasformator
Output: potentiometer 10kOhm
sensor NTC 10k
power outputs for models with switches
DB-CDP/N2: 230 Vac max. 4 A
DB-CDP/D2: 12 Vac max. 4 A
Display: display LCD with temperature indication sensed by
internal sensor (only model DB-CDP/D)
Range: it depends on regulator used
Working: temperature -10...+50 °C
relative humidity 10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+60 ºC
< 95 % u.r.
Housing: self-extinguishing plastic
white (RAL 9010) and gray colour
Protection: IP30
Size: 144 x 82 x 27 mm

ELECTRICAL WIRING

DB-CDP/N DB-CDP/D

Digital
potentiometer

Sensor Sensor
10K

10K

12 Vac
230/12 Vac

230 Vac

Note: the digital potentiometer is not isolated from power supply line.

64
ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIAL CONTROLLERS
OPERATING EUROPEAN STANDARDS

The electronic controllers range manufactured by Industrie- - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)
technik grows from year to year of new proposals, because of - EN 60730-1: automatic electrical controls for household
the application multiplicity that must fulfil and the continuous and similar use
development of the microprocessor technology, the heart of - EN 50081-2 (EMC): generic emission in industrial environ-
the equipments. ments
- EN 61000-6-2 (EMC): generic immunity in industrial envi-
In the industrial control field, the controller multifunctionality ronments
match the features of stability, accuracy and immunity to inter- - EN 55011: limits and methods of measurement of electro-
ferences, by this way Industrietechnik electronic instruments are magnetic disturbance characteristics of industrial, scientific
very competitive in the worldwide market that is more on more and medical (ISM) radio-frequency equipments
selective and demanding.

All the models allow, on one hand, a pratical and safe mounting,
and on the other, a simple and intuitive way of use.

66
INDUSTRIAL 1- AND 2- STAGE THERMOSTATS DB-I1D, -I2D

FUNCTION

Temperature control in heating or cooling systems with: - 1 input for NTC 10K sensor (not included) and 1 input for setpoint
- 1 or 2 relay outputs (depending on models); remote control (not included).
- 2 different working ranges;

TYPE STAGES RANGE DIFF. IN THE DIFF. BETW MAX TEMP.

STAGE THE STAGES SENSOR
°C K K °C
DB-I1D/1 1 -10...+40 +0.5...+6 -40…+110
DB-I1D/2 1 +30...+80 +0.5...+6 -40…+110
DB-I2D/1 2 -10...+40 +0.5...+6 +0.5...+6 -40…+110
DB-I2D/2 2 +30...+80 +0.5...+6 +0.5...+6 -40…+110

On request:
setpoint remote control; ordering code: DB-CDP/N1, DB-CDP/N2, DB-CDP/D1

TECHNICAL FEATURES DB-I2D

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Input: for 1 NTC 10K sensor
for DB-CDP/x, setpoint remote control
Output: 1 or 2 relays SPDT 230 Vac 10 A
Power cons.: < 1.5 W
Precision: ±1K
Working: -20...+50 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0
Protection: IP65, class II
Size: 132 x 85 x 88 mm
Weight: 480 g

Jumper setting:

ELECTRICAL WIRING - J3 closed = cooling

- J3 open = heating
Terminal connections for heating or cooling systems with 1 or 2
stages. The products are factory supplied with cooling jumper setting.
The controller is able to recognize automatically if the setpoint remote
DB-I1D control is connected to the unit.

Connections between DB-IXD and DB-CDP/x.

67
INDUSTRIAL 1- AND 2- STAGE THERMOSTATS DB-I1D, -I2D

DIMENSIONS (mm)

DB-I1D DB-I2D

68
INDUSTRIAL DIFFERENTIAL THERMOSTATS DB-IDD

FUNCTION

Temperature control in solar heating systems, for the regula- - 2 inputs for NTC 10K sensors, supplied with the controller;
tion of circulation pumps, heating pumps and all the systems - set point referring to the differential temperature measured
depending on a differential temperature. The controller has: by the 2 sensors (ΔT) adjustable for the relay activating.
- 1 relay output;

TYPE WORKING RANGE SET POINT (∆T) DIFF. IN THE STAGE MAX TEMP. SENSOR
°C °C K °C
DB-IDD -10...+85 0...+20 +0.5...+6 -40...+110

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50-60 Hz

Input: 2 NTC 10K sensors (NTA020-040)
Output: 1 SPDT relay 230 Vac 10 A
Setpoint: 0...+20 °C
Power cons.: < 1.5 W
Precision: ±1K
Working: -20...+50 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C S1 temperature measured by sensor 1
< 95% r.h. S2 temperature measured by sensor 2
Housing: ABS self-extinguished according to UL94 V-0 Hy1 differential in the stage
Size: 132 x 85 x 88 mm ΔT setpoint (knob)
Protection: IP65, class II
Weight: 580 g Logic of relay output:

S2 < S1 - ΔT relay on
S2 > S1 - ΔT + Hy1 relay off

DIMENSIONS (mm)

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Terminal connections for heating systems with differential tempe-

rature control.

69
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS DB-I4D

FUNCTION

Temperature and humidity control in heating, cooling, humidi- - choice of “rotation of the stages” operating mode, with
fication and dehumidification systems with: casual sequence;
- 4 or 8 relay outputs; - 1 input for NTC 10K sensor and/or for 4...20 mA;
- mode of operating for each relay: - 1 input for remote variator of setpoint (optional accessory)
- “heating”; for the models with °C range;
- “cooling”; - 1 input for the serial channel (for the model DB-
- “alarm”, with adjustable delay for relay activation and I4D/02/004);
manual reset for the relay deactivation; - password and 2 access levels.
- setting of activation delay between successive activations
for each relay;
- setting of activation point for each relay with “offset” for each APPLICATIONS:
relay (distance from the setpoint);
- setting of the “measure offset” for a possible sensor calibra- Driving of heating and cooling, humidification and dehumidifi-
tion; cation systems by the control of heaters, heat pumps, coolers,
humidifiers and dehumidifiers, from 4 independent loads
onward with supervision of alarms.

TYPE RANGE STAGES DIFF. IN THE DIFF. BETWEEN INPUT DELAY

STAGE THE STAGES min.

DB-I4D/02/001 -50...+110 °C 4 0...+10 K +5…+6 K NTC 10K 0...9.5

DB-I4D/02/002 0...100 % r.h. 4 0...100 % r.h. 0.5…6% r.h. 4...20 mA 0...9.5

-50...+110 °C 0...+10 K +5…+6 K NTC 10K

DB-I4D/02/003 4 0...9.5
0...100 % r.h. 0...10 % r.h. 0.5…6% r.h. 4...20 mA

DB-I4D/02/004 -50...+110 °C 8 0...10 K +5…+6 K NTC 10K 0...9.5

TECHNICAL FEATURES SOFTWARE

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz The controller setting is done by keyboard on the front of unit and it
Input: - NTC 10K sensor and/or humidity-current is necessary to set value of setpoint, working mode for each relay,
transmitter 4...20 mA offset values (distance from the setpoint where the load must be
- setpoint remote control (optional); activated), differentials, possible min and max temperature for
- serial channel (only model DB I4D/02/004) activating alarms, possible password.
Output: 4 or 8 SPDT relays 230 Vac 10 A
Power cons.: <3W ON REQUEST:
Visualization: 2 lines with 3 digit (7 segments display)
Setting of the Remote setpoint control:
parameters: 4 push/buttons keyboard on the front - DB-CDP/N1: change of setpoint remotely +/- 5°C with potentio-
Working: -10...+50 °C meter and NTC sensor
10...90% r.h. (non condensing) - DB-CDP/N2: change of setpoint remotely +/- 5 °C with potentio-
Storage: -20...+70 °C meter, NTC sensor, On/Off and 3- speed switches
< 95% r.h. - DB-CDP/D1: change of setpoint remotely +/- 5 °C with potentio-
Housing: Makrolon meter, NTC sensor and display
Size: 200 x 120 x 75 mm - DB-CDP/D2: change of setpoint remotely +/- 5 °C with potentio-
Protection: IP65, class II meter, NTC sensor, display, On/Off and 3- speed switches
Weight: 920 g
NOTE:
Do not use remote setpoint control with the model DB-I4D-02/002.

70
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS DB-I4D

ELECTRICAL WIRING

DB-I4D/02/001, DB-I4D/02/002 and DB-I4D/02/003

The electrical wirings are shown in fig. 1. For input sensors see table.

fig. 1

DB-I4D/02/004
The electrical wiring between master and slave unity are shown in fig. 2.

fig. 2

71
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS DB-I4D

DB-I4D/02/00x with the remote setpoint control

fig. 3a DB-CDP as remote setpoint control;

fig. 3b DB-CDP as remote setpoint control and temperature sensor.

fig. 3a fig. 3b

DIMENSIONS (mm)

72
DIGITAL THERMOREGULATORS DTR

GENERAL FEATURES

Temperature visualization and regulation with NTC sensors in

industrial heating and cooling applications.

TYPE RANGE MAIN SUPPLY OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL RESOLUTION INPUT

ÀC K ÀC
DTR11N7 -40...+105 230 Vac 10 A/250 Vac 0,1...99 0.1 - 1 ºC NTC 10K

TECHNICAL FEATURES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Power supply: 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 VA (approximate) • do not operate on the terminal blocks with electrical or pneumatic
Digital outputs: 1 SPDT relay 10 A 250 Vac resistive load screwers
Measuring range: -40...+105 °C NTC sensors • if the instrument has been moved from a cold location to a warm
Resolution: 0,1 °C/1 °C/1 °F one, the humidity could condense inside; wait about an hour
Working temperature: 0...+55 °C (10...90% r.h. non condensing) before supplying it
Measure inputs: 1 NTC sensor • test the working power supply voltage, working electrical frequency
Housing: grey fire-proof and working electrical power of the instrument; they must corre-
Dimensions: 75 x 33 x 65 mm spond with the local power supply
Mounting hole: 71 x 29 mm • disconnect the local power supply before servicing the instru-
Frontal protection: IP65 ment
Connections: screw terminal blocks • do not use the instrument as safety device

REGULATION OPERATING DIMENSIONS AND INSTALLATION

Dimension of model:
Preliminary information
The operation mainly depends on parameter r5.

Operation cooling action with parameter r5 = 0

DIMENSION
A 71.0
B 29.0

Operation heating action with parameter r5 = 1

INSTALLATION
Panel mounting, with click brackets.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR INSTALLATION

• the panel thickness must not be higher than 8.0 mm (0.314 in)
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION • working conditions (working temperature, humidity, etc.) must be
between the limits indicated on the technical data
• do not install the instrument close to heating sources (heaters, hot
air ducts, etc.), devices provided with big magnetos (big speakers,
etc.), locations subject to direct sunlight, rain, humidity, dust, me-
chanical vibrations or bumps
• according to the safety legislation, the protection against electrical
parts must be ensured by a correct installation of the instrument;
the parts that ensure the protection must be installed so that you
can not remove them without using a tool.

230 Vac NTC

50/60 Hz

73
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS WITH RELAYS DB-R/1

FUNCTION

Control of 1 or 2 indipendent physical quantities with: - red LED, output state indicator;
- 2 relay outputs; - push buttons for parameters setting;
- 1 output for power supply of active transducer (17 Vdc, max - optical alarms;
44 mA); - password and two access levels.
- 3 digit display;

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: see schedule on the following page

Input: see schedule on the following page
Outputs: 2 SPDT relays 230Vac 8 A
Power cons.: <3W
Range: see schedule on the following page
Working: 0...+45 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
<95% r.h.
Connections: screw terminal block for cables up to 2.5 mm2
Housing: ABS self-extinguishing plastic according to
UL94 V-0
Protection: IP52 (only front plate), class II
Size: 96 x 48 x 122 mm
hole for mounting: 92 x 45 mm
Weight: 400 g

MOUNTING

74
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS WITH RELAYS DB-R/1
Input 1 Input 2
PART NUMBER SELECTION
DB-R X X XX X X XX X 1

INPUT 1
NTC 10K 1 1 07 (1)
PT1000 2 1 08 (1)
PTC 2K 3 1 09 (1)
Ni1000 4 1 10 (1)
0...1000 ohm (DBKH-44) 5 2 06 (1)
0...1 Vdc (**) 6
0....10 Vdc (**) 7
0...20 mA (**) (Rin = 100 Ohm) 8
4...20 mA (**) (Rin = 100 Ohm) 9

UNIT 1
°C 1
% r.h. 2
bar 3
mbar 4
Pa 5

RANGE 1
0...+50 °C 01
-30...+50 °C 02
-10...+40 °C 03
0...+100 °C 04
-20...+80 °C 05
0...+100% r.h. 06
-50...+110 °C 07
-60...+600 °C 08
-50...+150 °C 09
-60...+200 °C 10
Range on request (*) 99

INPUT 2
None 0 0 00
NTC 10K 1 1 07 (1)
PT1000 2 1 08 (1)
PTC 2K 3 1 09 (1)
Ni1000 4 1 10 (1)
0...1000 ohm (DBKH-44) 5 2 06 (1)
0...1 Vdc (**) 6
0...10 Vdc (**) 7
0...20 mA (**) 8
4...20 mA (**) 9

UNIT 2
None 0
°C 1
% r.h. 2
bar 3
mbar 4
Pa 5

RANGE 2
None 00
0...+50 °C 01
-30...+50 °C 02
-10...+40 °C 03
0...+100 °C 04
-20...+80 °C 05
0...+100% r.h. 06
-50...+110 °C 07
-60...+600 °C 08
-50...+150 °C 09
-60...+200 °C 10
Range on request (*) 99

POWER SUPPLY
230 Vac ±10% 50/60 Hz 1
12 Vac ±10% 50/60 Hz 2

OUTPUT
2 SPDT relay 230Vac 8A

(*) to specify during the ordering process

(1) fixed ranges
(**) working range can be choosen only for models with current (mA) or voltage (Vdc) inputs

75
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS WITH PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT DB-R/2

FUNCTION

Regulation of 1 or 2 indipendent physical quantities with: - red led, output state indicator;
- 2 proportional outputs 0...10 Vdc; - push buttons for parameters setting;
- 1 output for power supply of active transducer (17 Vdc, max - optical alarms;
44 mA); - password and two access levels.
- 3 digit display;

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: see schedule on the following page

Input: see schedule on the following page
Outputs: 2 proportional 0...10 Vdc (RL>10 KOhm)
Power cons.: <3W
Range: see schedule on the following page
Working: 0...+45 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
<95% r.h.
Connections: screw terminal block for cables
up to 2.5 mm2
Housing: ABS self-extinguishing plastic according to
UL94 V-0
Protection: IP52 (only front plate), class II
Size: 96 x 48 x 122 mm
hole for mounting: 92 x 45 mm
Weight: 400 g

MOUNTING

76
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS WITH PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT DB-R/2

PART NUMBER SELECTION

Input 1 Input 2

DB-R X X XX X X XX X 2

INPUT 1
(1)
NTC 10K 1 1 07
0...10 Vdc (**) 7
4...20 mA (**) (Rin = 100 Ohm) 9

UNIT 1
°C 1
% r.h 2
bar 3
mbar 4
Pa 5

INPUT 2
None 0 0 00
(1)
NTC 10K 1 1 07
0...10 Vdc (**) 7
4...20 mA (**) 9

UNIT 2
None 0
°C 1
% r.h. 2
bar 3
mbar 4
Pa 5

POWER SUPPLY
230 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz 1
12 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz 2

OUTPUT
2 proportional 0...10 Vdc

(*) to specify during the ordering process

(1) fixed ranges
(**) working range can be choosen only for models with current (mA) or voltage (Vdc) inputs

77
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS WITH ONE PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT AND ONE RELAY DB-R/3

FUNCTION

Regulation of 1 or 2 indipendent physical quantities with: - 3 digit display;

- 1 proportional outputs 0...10 Vdc; - red led, output state indicator;
- 1 relay output; - push buttons for parameters setting;
- 1 output for power supply of active transducer (17 Vdc, max - optical alarms;
44 mA); - password and two access levels.

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: see schedule on the following page

Input: see schedule on the following page
Outputs: 1 proportional 0...10 Vdc (RL>10 KOhm)
1 SPDT relay 230 Vac 8 A
Power cons.: <3W
Range: see schedule on the following page
Working: 0...+45 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
<95% r.h.
Housing: ABS self-extinguishing plastic according to
UL94 V-0
Protection: IP52 (only front plate), class II
Connections: screw terminal block for cables
up to 2.5 mm²
Size: 96 x 48 x 122 mm
hole for mounting: 92 x 45 mm
Weight: 400 g

MOUNTING

78
DIGITAL CONTROLLERS WITH ONE PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT AND ONE RELAY DB-R/3

PART NUMBER SELECTION

Input 1 Input 2

DB-R X X XX X X XX X 3

INPUT 1
(1)
NTC 10K 1 1 07
0...10 Vdc (**) 7
4...20 mA (**) (Rin = 100 Ohm) 9

UNIT 1
°C 1
% r.h. 2
bar 3
mbar 4
Pa 5

RANGE 1
0...+50 °C 01
-30...+50 °C 02
-10...+40 °C 03
0...+100 °C 04
-20...+80 °C 05
0...+100% r.h. 06
-50...+110 °C 07
-60...+600 °C 08
-50...+150 °C 09
-60/+200 °C 10
Range on request (*) 99

INPUT 2 (2)
None 0 0 00
(1)
NTC 10K 1 1 07
(1)
PT1000 2 1 08
(1)
PTC 2K 3 1 09
(1)
Ni1000 4 1 10
(1)
0...1000 ohm (DBKH-44) 5 2 06
0...1 Vdc (**) 6
0...10 Vdc (**) 7
0...20 mA (**) 8
4...20 mA (**) 9

UNIT 2
None 0
°C 1
% r.h. 2
bar 3
mbar 4
Pa 5

RANGE 2
None 00
0...+50 °C 01
-30...+50 °C 02
-10...+40 °C 03
0...+100 °C 04
-20...+80 °C 05
0...+100% r.h 06
-50...+110 °C 07
-60...+600 °C 08
-50...+150 °C 09
-60...+200 °C 10
Range on request (*) 99

POWER SUPPLY
230 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz 1
12 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz 2

OUTPUT
1 proportional 0...10 Vdc and 1 relay SPDT 8 A, 230 Vac

(*) to specify during the ordering process

(1) fixed ranges
(2) Input 2 only in addition with input 1. If the input 2 is different from “none”, then the input 1 works with proportional output,
input 2 works with the relay ouput. If only one sensor is used for both the ouput, use the sensor 1.
(**) working range can be choosen only for models with current (mA) or voltage (Vdc) inputs

79
MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLLER EASY

GENERAL FEATURES

Easy is a temperature controller with or without compensa- Moreover, a PWCDP setpoint variator can be connected, to
tion and minimum and maximum limits. Available in two remotely change the AO2 and AO3 analog output setpoint. The
models: device can be set locally by means of the keyboard or remotely
• EASY/1 mounted on DIN guide by means of a remote terminal (PWGRAPH) or via MODBUS
• EASY/2 mounted on a panel with a PC and configuration software (see EASYKIT table).
The device reads 3 sensors: Each regulation loop can be configured for heating/cooling,
• regulation sensor by means of parameters or a remote contact, or can be di-
• external sensor sabled. An external contact controls the economy function.
• limit sensor Regulation can be enabled manually with a parameter or by
and can control 5 regulation loops: means of a remote contact (i.e. clock).
• 2 analog (0...10V) with PID (AO2, AO3) regulation
• 2 digital ON/OFF (DO1, DO2)
• 1 floating with PI (VF) regulation
TYPE DESCRIPTION

EASY/1 DDC universal multi-function controller mounted on din guide

EASY/2 Recessed DDC universal multi-function controller

PWCONF Factory configuration of EASY controller

ACCESSORIES
TYPE DESCRIPTION

PWGRAPH - Remote graphic display B/W lcd, 86x52 mm visible area, res. 128x64, 6 diaphragm keys, communica-
tion: CANBUS

EASYKIT Configuration kit:

USB/Serial converter

PWSER - Communication module RS485

PW1485 - Single-output interface connection RS485

CD with configuration software

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: 230/12 Vac transformer, supplied with controller Serial ports:
Display: 7-segment LED display • 1 MODBUS port for interface with configuration sof¬tware on PC
Analog inputs: 4 inputs: • 1 CANBUS port for interface with remote terminal PWGRAPH
• 3 inputs for NTC10K sensors Measuring range: from -40 to 100 C for NTC10K sensor
• 1 input for PWCDP setpoint variator Resolution: 0.1 C - 1 C
Digital inputs: 5 inputs for NO/NC contract (free of potential contact) Working temperature: from 0 to 50 C (10 ... 90% relative humidity
Analog outputs: non-condensing)
• 2 analog 0...10 Vdc outputs Housing: grey fire-proof
Digital outputs: 6 outputs 3...4 A res. (see electrical layout) 250 Vac Dimensions EASY/1: 70.0 x 158.0 x 61.0 mm (4 DIN modules)
(relay, NO contact) Installation EASY/1: on DIN guide

80
MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLLER EASY

Front degree of protection EASY/1: IP40 • analog input 4:

Connections EASY/1: 5 connectors; used for the PWCDP remote setpoint variator. The setpoint variator
• connector 1: male terminal 9 + 2 way pitch 5.0 mm only acts on analog outputs A1 and/or A2
• connector 2: Micromatch 6-way connector (serial port for commu- NOTE:
nication with configuration software) If the compensation function is not used, the external sensor is
• connector 3: male terminal 3-way pitch 5.0 mm optional.
• connector 4: Minifit male 16-way connector If the minimum and maximum limit function is not used, the limit
• connector 5: male terminal 3-way pitch 5.0 mm sensor is optional.
Dimensions EASY/2: 75,0 x 33,0 x 95,0 mm Use of the setpoint variator is optional.
Installation EASY/2: square front, with snap-on brackets provided
Front degree of protection EASY/2: IP65
Connections EASY/2: 5 connectors; Digital output logic:
• connector 1: printed circuit for Edge female 12-way connector • digital output K1: to close floating valve
pitch 5.0 mm • digital output K2: to open floating valve
• connector 2: Micromatch 6-way connector (serial port for commu- • digital output K3: regulation output ON/OFF D1
nication with configuration software) • digital output K4: regulation output ON/OFF D2
• connector 3: JST male 3-way connector pitch 2.5 mm • digital output K5: enabling presence relay D3
• connector 4: Minifit male 16-way connector D3=1 if regulation enabling is active and if the alarm I5 is not
• connector 5: JST male 3-way connector pitch 2.5 mm present; otherwise D3=0
• digital output K6: alarm relay D4
In order to prevent interference induced on the signal cables, a few D4=1 if one of the 3 sensors is open or short-circuited, or if the
rules for wiring must be followed: alarm contact I4 is closed
for analog signals, sensors and digital inputs, use shielded cables
with braided wires, as short as possible. Make sure that the path of
the sensor wires is on its own and far from sources of interference Analog output logic:
such as: transformers, inverters, remote control switches, neon lights • analog output A1: PID regulation with or without the compensation
or power cables. Separate the power wiring from the signal wiring. function and with or without the minimum limit function and with
Do not lay signal cables alongside power cables. or without the maximum limit function
• analog output A2: PID regulation with or without the compensation
function and with or without the minimum limit function and with
or without the maximum limit function
REGULATION OPERATING:

Digital input logic: Setpoint compensation:

• digital input 1 (summer/winter): If the compensation function is used for an output, the relative
allows selection of the season for outputs that have been configu- setpoint is calculated depending on one of the curves indicated
red with remote changeover (i1 closed=summer, i1 open=winter) below, based on the choice of positive or negative compensation:
• digital input 2 (enables remote operating):
activates regulation if operating is not manual (i2 closed=regulation
enabled, i2 open=regulation disabled). If enabling is manual, then
regulation is always enabled independently from contact i2.
• digital input 3 (economy): Negative
selects normal or economy mode. compensation
in economy mode, for each active output, the corresponding
regulation setpoint is lowered in winter and increased in summer
(i3 closed=economy mode, i3 open=normal mode)
External T
• digital input 4 (alarm i4):
if i4 is closed, the digital output d4 is activated (alarm relay)
• digital input 5 (alarm i5):
if i5 is closed, the digital output d3 is disabled (enabling presence
relay) and the outputs configured for heating are activated (analog
output=10v, digital output=on, floating valve=totally open)
Negative
compensation
Analog input logic:
• analog input 1:
external sensor used to estimate compensated setpoint if an output External T
has been configured with the compensation function
• analog input 2: Minimum or maximum limit:
general regulation sensor The limit loops are proportional with fixed setpoints. The minimum
• analog input 3: or maximum limit can be enabled individually for each output.
limit sensor used for the minimum or maximum limit function. The
limit sensor can also be used as a regulation sensor for the analog
output A2 and digital output D2

81
MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLLER EASY

Heating mode: if the minimum limit function is active, the maximum ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EASY/1
value between the limit and operating regulation is taken.
If the maximum limit function is active, the minimum value between
the limit and operating regulation is taken.
Heat mode
% Out
Minimum limit Maximum limit
100

0 Set lim min Set lim max

Limit T
Bp lim Bp lim
min max CONNECTOR 1: digital outputs
CONNECTOR 2: serial port for communication with configuration
Heat mode
Out system
Minimum limit Maximum limit CONNECTOR 3: analog outputs 0...10 Vdc
ON
PIN FUNCTION
AO2 analog output 1 (0...10 Vdc)

OFF Set lim min Set lim max GND ground

Limit T AO3 analog output 2 (0...10 Vdc)
Bp lim Bp lim
min max CONNECTOR 4: controller power supply, analog digital inputs
PIN FUNCTION
Cooling mode: if the minimum limit function is active, the minimum
value between the limit and operating regulation is taken. 1 controller power supply (12 Vac/Vdc)
If the maximum limit function is active, the maximum value between 2 not used
the limit and operating regulation is taken.
Cold mode 3 common analog and digital inputs
% Out
Minimum limit Maximum limit 4 common analog and digital inputs
100
5 analog input 4 (PWCDP setpoint variator)
6 analog input 3 (limit sensor NTC10K)

0 Set lim min Set lim max 7 analog input 2 (regulation sensor NTC10K)
Limit T 8 analog input 1 (external sensor NTC10K)
Bp lim Bp lim
9 controller power supply (12 Vac/Vdc)
min max
10 not used
Cold mode
Out 11 not used
Minimum limit Maximum limit
ON 12 digital input 5 (alarm i5)
13 digital input 4 (alarm i4)
14 digital input 3 (economy)
OFF Set lim min Set lim max
15 digital input 2 (enables regulation)
Limit T
Bp lim Bp lim 16 digital input 1 (summer/winter)
min max
CONNECTOR 3: digital outputs
PIN FUNCTION
K1 close floating valve (VF)
K2 open floating valve (VF)
K3 digital output D01
K4 digital output D02
K5 digital output D03
K6 digital output D04

82
MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLLER EASY

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION EASY/2 DIMENSIONS AND INSTALLATION EASY/1

Dimension of model:
4 DIN modules

Power

158.0

CONNECTOR 1: digital outputs

CONNECTOR 2: serial port for communication with configuration
system
CONNECTOR 3: analog outputs 0...10 Vdc
61.0 70.0
PIN FUNCTION
1 analog output 1 (0...10 Vdc) INSTALLATION

2 ground On DIN guide: to install EASY/1, do as indicated in the drawings

3 analog output 2 (0...10 Vdc) (points 1 and 2).

CONNECTOR 4: controller power supply, analog digital inputs

PIN FUNCTION
1 controller power supply (12 Vac/Vdc)
2 not used
3 common analog and digital inputs
4 common analog and digital inputs
5 analog input 4 (PWCDP setpoint variator)
6 analog input 3 (limit sensor NTC10K)
To remove EASY/1, take a screwdriver and do as indicated in the
7 analog input 2 (regulation sensor NTC10K) drawings (points 3 and 4).
8 analog input 1 (external sensor NTC10K)
9 controller power supply (12 Vac/Vdc)
10 not used
11 not used
12 digital input 5 (alarm i5)
13 digital input 4 (alarm i4)
14 digital input 3 (economy)
15 digital input 2 (enables regulation)
16 digital input 1 (summer/winter)

CONNECTOR 3: digital outputs

PIN FUNCTION
K1 close floating valve (VF)
K2 open floating valve (VF)
K3 digital output D01
K4 digital output D02
K5 digital output D03
K6 digital output D04

83
MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLLER EASY

DIMENSIONS AND INSTALLATION EASY/2 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION

Dimension of model: • make sure that the working conditions (working temperature,
humidity, etc.) are within the limits indicated in the technical
specifications
33.0
• do not install the device near heat sources (resistances, hot air
ducts, etc.), near equipment with strong magnets (large-sized
diffusers, etc.), in places exposed to direct sunlight, rain, humidity,
95.0 75.0 excessive dust, mechanical vibrations or shocks
• in compliance with safety Standards, protection against contact
with electrical parts must be insured by means of proper installa-
tion of the device; all protection devices must be fixed so that they
cannot be removed without using a tool.
• do not work on the terminal boards using electric or pneumatic
screwdrivers
• if the device has been moved from a cold place to a heat one,
DIMENSION humidity could condensate inside; wait about an hour before
A 71.0 powering it
• make sure that the power supply voltage, frequency and electrical
B 29.0 working power of the device all correspond with the local power
supply
• disconnect the power supply before performing any maintenan-
ce
• do not use the device as a safety device
• for repairs and information concerning the device, contact the
sales network.

84
MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLLER EASY

DIAGRAM OF EASY 1 CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF EASY 2 CONNECTION

85
86
TRANSMITTERS
OPERATING EUROPEAN STANDARDS

In the automation field it is absolutely necessary to have equip- - EN 60335-1: safety of household and similar electrical ap-
ments to measure and transmit of physical quantities that can pliances
be used for regulation. - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)
- EN 60730-1: automatic electrical controls for household
The transmitter range of Industrietechnik allows high accurate and similar use
transmission of temperature, humidity, pressure in corrosive or - EN 50081-1 (EMC): generic emission in residential, com-
normal areas, and air quality. mercial and light industrial environments
- EN 50081-2 (EMC): generic emission in industrial environ-
The values measured are turned into a value of voltage or cur- ments
rent, compatible with a large number of electronic controllers - EN 61000-6-2 (EMC): generic immunity in industrial envi-
manufactured by Industrietechnik and with widespread control ronments
systems in the domestic and industrial automation market. - EN 55022: limits and methods of measurement of elec-
tromagnetic disturbance characteristics of information
All the models allow, on one hand, a pratical and safe mounting, technology radio-frequency equipments
and on the other, a simple and intuitive way of use.

88
ROOM TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TTA, TUA, TUTA

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Room temperature and humidity measuring and transmission Designed for heating, cooling and air treatment systems in
in voltage and current values: domestic areas and commercial buildings
- 0...10 Vdc or 0...5 Vdc, 3 wires;
- 4...20 mA, 2 wires;
- NTC sensor;

TYPE RANGE RANGE POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT OUTPUT ACCURACY DIAGRAM

°C r.h. (TEMP.) (HUMIDITY) FIG.
TUA1 0...100% 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca 0...10 Vcc ± 3% u.r. (20 °C) 1
TUA2 0...100% 11...24 Vcc 4...20 mA ± 3% u.r. (20 °C) 2
TUA3 0...100% 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca 0...5 Vcc ± 3% u.r. (20 °C) 1
TTA011 0...+50 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca 0...10 Vcc ± 1 ºC 3
TTA012 -30...+50 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca 0...10 Vcc ± 1,5 ºC 3
TTA013 0...+100 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca 0...10 Vcc ± 2 ºC 3
TTA021 0...+50 11...24 Vcc 4...20 mA ± 1 ºC 4
TTA022 -30...+50 11...24 Vcc 4...20 mA ± 1,5 ºC 4
TTA023 0...+100 11...24 Vcc 4...20 mA ± 2 ºC 4
0...+50 0...100% 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca 0...10 Vcc 0...10 Vcc ± 1 ºC, 5
TUTA0111
± 3% u.r. (20 °C)
0...+50 0...100% 11...24 Vcc 4...20 mA 4...20 mA ± 1 ºC, 6
TUTA0212
± 3% u.r. (20 °C)
-5...+50 0...100% 11...24 Vcc NTC 10K 4...20 mA ± 0,6 ºC, 7
TUTA1102
± 3% u.r. (20 °C)
-5...+50 0...100% 24...35 Vcc / 24 Vca NTC 10K 0...5 Vcc ± 0,6 ºC, 8
TUTA1103
± 3% u.r. (20 °C)
-5...+50 0...100% 11...24 Vcc NTC 1K8 4...20 mA ± 0,6 ºC, 7
TUTA1302
± 3% u.r. (20 °C)
-5...+50 0...100% 11...24 Vcc NTC 10K4A1 4...20 mA ± 0,2 ºC, 7
TUTA1502
± 3% u.r. (20 °C)

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: see schedule fig. 1

Temp. sensor: see schedule
Humidity sensor: solid state (polymer capacitive)
Voltage output: see table, RL>1 kohm
Current output: 4...20 mA (2 wires)
Maximum load: RL<50 ohm, p. supply 11...17 Vdc
(see schedule)
RL<500 ohm, p. supply 21...24 Vdc
Power cons.: <1W
Measure range: see schedule fig. 2
Working temp.: 0...+50 °C
Working humidity: 10...90 % r.h. (non condensing)
TC dependence: 0.018 °C/°C
0.018% r.h./°C
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95% r.h. [V+ - (0.02 x Rin)] >= 11 V
Housing: ABS self-extinguishing according to UL94 V-0
color (RAL 9010)
Protection: IP30, class II
Size: 144 x 82 x 34 mm
Weight: 180 g

89
ROOM TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TTA, TUA, TUTA

fig. 3 fig. 6

fig. 4 fig. 7

fig. 5 fig. 8

H T
GND

Sensor

0..5 Vdc

MOUNTING HOLES DIMENSIONS

-"(mm)
Ê
",Ê Ê--"Ê

Compatible with wall box type 5045 B-Ticino serie (4 modules) or similar.

90
TTI TTC

TTE

INDUSTRIAL TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS TT

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature measuring and transmission in voltage, current Designed for industrial applications with air duct mounting or
values: wall mounting.
- 0...10 Vdc, 3 wires;
- 4...20 mA, 2 wires;

TYPE MEASURING OUTPUT ACCURACY PROTECTION APPLICATION DIA-

RANGE (TEMPERATURE) (TEMPERATURE) GRAM
°C °C FIG.
TTC011 0…+50 0-10 Vdc ±1 IP65 air duct 2

TTC012 -30…+50 0-10 Vdc ± 1,5 IP65 air duct 2

TTC013 0…+100 0-10 Vdc ±2 IP65 air duct 2

TTC021 0…+50 4-20 mA ±1 IP65 air duct 1

TTC022 -30…+50 4-20 mA ± 1,5 IP65 air duct 1

TTC023 0…+100 4-20 mA ±2 IP65 air duct 1

TTE011 0…+50 0-10 Vdc ±1 IP65 room/outdoor 2

TTE012 -30…+50 0-10 Vdc ± 1,5 IP65 room/outdoor 2

TTE013 0…+100 0-10 Vdc ±2 IP65 room/outdoor 2

TTE021 0…+50 4-20 mA ±1 IP65 room/outdoor 1

TTE022 -30…+50 4-20 mA ± 1,5 IP65 room/outdoor 1

TTE023 0…+100 4-20 mA ±2 IP65 room/outdoor 1

TTI011 0…+50 0-10 Vdc ±1 IP65 immersion 2

TTI012 -30…+50 0-10 Vdc ± 1,5 IP65 immersion 2

TTI013 0…+100 0-10 Vdc ±2 IP65 immersion 2

TTI021 0…+50 4-20 mA ±1 IP65 immersion 1

TTI022 -30…+50 4-20 mA ± 1,5 IP65 immersion 1

TTI023 0…+100 4-20 mA ±2 IP65 immersion 1

TECNICAL FEATURES TEMPERATURE DEPENDANCE OF ELECTRONICS:

Power supply: see electrical wiring output 4...20 mA (temperature): 0.015 °C/°C
Outputs: see schedule
Power cons.: <1W Load limits:
Elect. connections: screw terminals max. 0.75 mm2 output 4...20 mA
Measuring range: see schedule - power supply 11...17 Vdc: RL<50 Ohm
Sensor type: NTC 10K - power supply 21...30 Vdc: RL<500 Ohm
Working temp. output 0...10 Vdc: R L>1000 Ohm
(sensor): 0...+50 °C (TTE)
ELECTRICAL WIRING
-20...+100 °C (TTI)
-20...+80 °C (TTC)
Room temp.: 0..50 °C
Working humidity: 10...95 % r.h.
Storage: -20...+70 °C
Precision: max error 1 °C (range 0..50 °C)
max error 1.5 °C (range -30..50 °C)
max error 2 °C (range 0..100 °C) [V+ - (0.02 x Rin)] >= 11 V
Housing: cover: blue transparent polycarbonate
base: blue polycarbonate fig. 1 fig. 2
Dimensions: 75 x 75 x 36 mm
Protection: IP65, class III (sensor excluded) Wiring diagrams referred to the different models from the schedule.
Weight: 180…300 g

91
INDUSTRIAL TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS TT

DIMENSIONS (mm)

TTC TTI TTE

MOUNTING BRACKET DBZ-22 SUPPLIED WITH TTC

92
TUTE TUTC

INDUSTRIAL TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TUT

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature and humidity measuring and transmission in Designed for industrial applications with air duct mounting or
voltage, current or resistive (only temperature) values: wall mounting.
- 0...10 Vdc, 0...5 Vdc, 3 wires;
- 4...20 mA, 2 wires;
- resistive output;

TYPE MEA- MEA- OUTPUT OUTPUT ACCURACY ACCURACY APPLICATION DIA-

SURING SURING (TEMPERATURE) (HUMI- (TEMPERATURE) (HUMIDI- GRAM
RANG RANG DITY) TY) FIG:
ºC % r.h. ºC % r.h.
TUTC0111 0…+50 0…100 0…10 Vdc 0…10 Vdc ±1 ±3 air duct 2

TUTC0121 -30…+50 0…100 0…10 Vdc 0…10 Vdc ± 1,5 ±3 air duct 2

TUTC0131 0…+100 0…100 0…10 Vdc 0…10 Vdc ±2 ±3 air duct 2

TUTC0212 0…+50 0…100 4…20 mA 4…20 mA ±1 ±3 air duct 1

TUTC0222 -30…+50 0…100 4…20 mA 4…20 mA ± 1,5 ±3 air duct 1

TUTC0232 0…+100 0…100 4…20 mA 4…20 mA ±2 ±3 air duct 1

TUTC1101 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K 0…10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC1102 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K 4…20 mA ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 3

TUTC1103 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K 0…5 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC1301 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 1K8 0…10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC1302 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 1K8 4…20 mA ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 3

TUTC1401 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K3A1 0…10 Vdc ± 0,2 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC1402 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K3A1 4…20 mA ± 0,2 ±3 air duct 3

TUTC1501 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K4A1 0…10 Vdc ± 0,2 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC1502 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K4A1 4…20 mA ± 0,2 ±3 air duct 3

TUTC1601 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 20K 0…10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC1602 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 20K 4…20 mA ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 3

TUTC1701 -5…+50 0…100 PT1000 0...10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC2101 -5…+50 0…100 PT100 0...10 Vcc ± 0,3 ±3 air duct 4

TUTC2102 -5…+50 0…100 PT100 4…20 mA ± 0,3 ±3 air duct 3

TUTE0111 0…+50 0…100 0…10 Vdc 0…10 Vdc ±1 ±3 room/outdoor 2

TUTE0121 -30…+50 0…100 0…10 Vdc 0…10 Vdc ± 1,5 ±3 room/outdoor 2

TUTE0131 0…+100 0…100 0…10 Vdc 0…10 Vdc ±2 ±3 room/outdoor 2

TUTE0212 0…+50 0…100 4…20 mA 4…20 mA ±1 ±3 room/outdoor 1

TUTE0222 -30…+50 0…100 4…20 mA 4…20 mA ± 1,5 ±3 room/outdoor 1

TUTE0232 0…+100 0…100 4…20 mA 4…20 mA ±2 ±3 room/outdoor 1

TUTE1101 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K 0…10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 4

TUTE1102 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K 4…20 mA ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 3

TUTE1103 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K 0…5 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 4

93
INDUSTRIAL TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TUT

TYPE MEA- MEA- OUTPUT OUTPUT ACCURACY ACCURACY APPLICATION DIA-

SURING SURING (TEMPERATURE) (HUMI- (TEMPERATURE) (HUMIDI- GRAM
RANG RANG DITY) TY) FIG:
ºC % r.h. ºC % r.h.
TUTE1301 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 1K8 0…10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 4

TUTE1302 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 1K8 4…20 mA ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 3

TUTE1401 -5…+50 0…10 NTC 10K3A1 0…10 Vdc ± 0,2 ±3 room/outdoor 4

TUTE1402 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K3A1 4…20 mA ± 0,2 ±3 room/outdoor 3

TUTE1501 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K4A1 0…10 Vdc ± 0,2 ±3 room/outdoor 4

TUTE1502 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 10K4A1 4…20 mA ± 0,2 ±3 room/outdoor 3

TUTE1601 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 20K 0…10 Vdc ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 4

TUTE1602 -5…+50 0…100 NTC 20K 4…20 mA ± 0,6 ±3 room/outdoor 3

TUTE2101 -5…+50 0…100 PT100 0...10 Vcc ± 0,3 ±3 room/outdoor 4

TUTE2102 -5…+50 0…100 PT100 4…20 mA ± 0,3 ±3 room/outdoor 3

All humidity transmitters (P/N including letter U) have a max working temperature -5…+50 °C

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: see electrical wirings

Sensors: temperature: resistive
humidity: capacitive
Outputs: see schedule
Power cons.: <1W
Elect. connections: screw terminals max. 0.75 mm2
Measuring range: see schedule
Working temp. : -5...+50 °C [V+ - (0.02 x Rin)] >= 11 V
Working humidity: 10...95 % r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C Fig. 1
Precision: humidity: ±3 % r.h. at 20 °C
temperature:
max error 1 °C (range 0…50 °C)
max error 1.5 °C (range -30…50 °C) + - H - T
max error 2 °C (range 0…100 °C) ~ GND GND
Housing: cover: blue transparent polycarbonate
base: blue polycarbonate 18..35 Vcc 0..10 Vcc 0..10 Vcc
Dimensions: 75 x 75 x 36 mm 18..24 Vca
Protection: IP65, class I (sensors excluded)
Weight: 180...300 g
Fig. 2
Temperature dependance of electronics:
output 4...20 mA (temperature): 0.015 °C/°C
output4...20 mA (humidity): 0.015 % r.h./°C

Load limits:
output 4...20 mA
- power supply 11...17 Vdc: RL<50 Ohm
- power supply 21...30 Vdc: RL<500 Ohm
output 0...10 Vdc, 0...5 Vdc: R L>1000 Ohm [V+ - (0.02 x Rin)] >= 11 V

Fig. 3

+ - H T
~ GND

18..35 Vcc 0..10 Vcc Sensore

18..24 Vca 0..5 Vcc

94 Fig. 4
INDUSTRIAL TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TUT

DIMENSIONS (mm)

TUTC TUTE

MOUNTING BRACKET DBZ-22 SUPPLIED WITH TUTC

95
TUE TUC

INDUSTRIAL HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TU

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Humidity measuring and transmission in voltage, current Designed for industrial applications with air duct mounting or
values: wall mounting.
- 0...10 Vdc, o...5 Vdc, 3 wires;
- 4...20 mA, 2 wires;

TYPE MEASURING OUTPUT ACCURACY PROTECTION APPLICATION DIAGRAM

RANGE (HUMIDITY) (HUMIDITY) FIG.
% r.h. % r.h.
TUC1 0…100 0…10 Vdc ±3 IP65 air duct 2
TUC2 0…100 4…20 mA ±3 IP65 air duct 1
TUC3 0…100 0…5 Vdc ±3 IP65 air duct 2
TUE1 0…100 0…10 Vdc ±3 IP65 room/outdoor 2
TUE2 0…100 4…20 mA ±3 IP65 room/outdoor 1
TUE3 0…100 0…5 Vdc ±3 IP65 room/outdoor 2

All humidity transmitters (P/N including letter U) have a max working temperature -5…+50 °C.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Temperature dependance of electronics:

Power supply: see electrical wiring output 4...20 mA (humidity): 0.015 %r.h./°C
Humidity sensor: capacitive
Output: see schedule Load limits: output 4...20 mA
Power cons.: <1W - power supply 11...17 Vdc: RL<50 Ohm
Elect. connections: screw terminals max. 0.75 mm2 - power supply 21...30 Vdc: RL<500 Ohm
Measuring range: see schedule output 0...10 Vdc, 0...5 Vdc: R L>1000 Ohm
Working temp. : -5...+50 °C
Working humidity: 10...95 % r.h.
Storage: -20...+70 °C
Precision: +/-3 % r.h. at 20 °C
Housing: cover: blue transparent polycarbonate
base: blue polycarbonate
Protection: IP65, class III (sensor excluded)
Dimensions: 75 x 75 x 36 mm
Weight: 180...300 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

[V+ - (0.02 x Rin)] >= 11 V

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Wiring diagrams referred to the different models from the schedule.

96
INDUSTRIAL HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS TU

DIMENSIONS (mm)

TUC TUE

MOUNTING BRACKET DBZ-22 SUPPLIED WITH TUC

97
RELATIVE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS -1...16 BAR 691

FUNCTION

Measuring of relative pressure in different media (referred to - high resistance to extreme temperatures;
room pressure), according to the sealing chosen. - high resistance to breaking;
Transduction in voltage and current values. - no mechanical aging.

The 691 range use the reliable ceramic technology, with signal The transmitter can be used for various specific applications of
calibration and amplification, assuring: pressure measuring.
- precision for static and dynamic measurements;
- short circuit-proof and protection against reverse polarity;

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: see table

Sensor: ceramic element
Measuring range: see table
Overload: 2 x measuring range
Rupture press.: 3 x measuring range
Accuracy: linearity < ± 0.3 % end of scale
hysteresis < ± 0.3 % end of scale
offset < ± 1.0 % end of scale
Outputs / load: 0…5 Vdc >10 kOhm
0…10 Vdc >10 kOhm
0…20 mA < 300 Ohm
(supply. - 11 Vdc)
4…20 mA 0.02 mA Ohm
Current cons.: < 5 mA (0…5 Vdc, 0…10 Vdc)
< 25 mA (0…20 mA)
< 20 mA (4…20 mA)
Ambient temp.: -15...+80 °C
Medium temp.: -15...+80 °C (-40 if CR sealed)
Drift: 0.015 % end of scale/°C
Dynamic: response time < 5 ms
pressure cycle < 50 Hz
Housing: ceramic (PVDF on request)/Inox 1.4305
Protection: IP65 or IP67, class I
Weight: 200 g G 1/4
212 g G 1/8 /7 /16-20 UNF
245 g G 1/4 / 1/4-18 NPT
280 g G 1/2 / 1/2-14 NPT
Installation: unrestricted
Size: see diagram
Weight: 330 g

98
RELATIVE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS -1...16 BAR 691

691. X X X 0 X X 0

Relative pressure ranges (bar

- 1...0 0 0
- 1...0,6 0 1
- 1...1 0 2
- 1...1,5 0 3
- 1...3 0 4
- 1...5 0 5
- 1...9 0 6
0...0,3 2 6
0...0,6 1 0
0...1 1 1
0...1,6 1 2
0...2,5 1 4
0...4 1 5
0...6 1 7
0...10 3 0
0...16 3 1

Sealing materials
FPM (Viton) 0
EPDM 1

Calibration
by factory

Outputs and power supply

0...5 Vdc 11...33 Vdc / 24 Vac +15/-10% 3- wire cable 0
0...10 Vdc 18...33 Vdc / 24 Vac +15/-10% 3- wire cable 1
4...20 mA 11…33 Vdc 2- wire cable 7

Electrical connections
1,5 m cable, PG7 (IP65) 0
Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A (IP65) 1

Pressure connections
Internal thread G 1/4“

Housing (standard: Inox)

Accessories
Mounting bracket 1 0 4 9 5 4
DIN EN 175301-803-A: female connector and seal (IP65) 1 0 3 5 1 0
DIN 41524: round plug connector (coupling socket) 1 0 3 5 2 4
Test certificate 1 0 4 5 5 1

99
RELATIVE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS -1...16 BAR 691

ELECTRICAL WIRING / DIMENSIONS (mm)

B brown wire
W white wire
G green wire

100
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 0⁄2.5 BAR 984

FUNCTION

Monitoring differential pressure gaseous, non-aggressive The response time of output signal can be configured. The
media. Possible areas of applications are: factory setting is for slow response 1 s (useful for suppressing
- air-conditioning and clean rooms; pressure peaks), jumper “Response inserted”. To increase fast
- building automation; response remove the jumper.
- valve and flap control; The output level of 3- wire models can be configured in 0...10
- fluid and level monitoring; Vdc (factory setting, jumper “Output” inserted) or 4...20 mA by
- control of air flows. removing this jumper.
Transduction in voltage and current values.

Each transmitter can be set with two pressure ranges using

the jumper “Range”. The factory setting is for range 1 (jumper
inserted). To choose range 2, remove the jumper.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Power supply: see order selection table Working temp.: 0...+50 °C

Sensor: piezoresistive pressure transducer Storage: -10...+70 °C
Measuring range: see order selection table Humidity: 0...95 % r.h., non-condensing
Overload: see order selection table Response time: 100 ms or 1 sec., selectable
Rupture press.: see order selection table Housing: housing with process connection P2
Accuracy: < ± 0,2 % of end of scale made of ABS, mounting part with
Typical long process connection P1 made of POM
term stability: < ± 0,5 % to ± 2,5 % of end of scale/year Installation: can be mounted in any position
Outputs / load: 0...10 Vdc (max 10 mA) Protection: IP54 (with cover), class I
4...20 mA < 20...500 Ohm Standards: EN60770, EN61326
Supply current: max 30 mA for AC (0...10 Vdc), Dimensions: see diagram
max 20 mA for DC (0...10 Vdc), Weight: 170 g
max 30 mA (4...20 mA) for 2-, 3- wire

984M.3 X 3 X X 4

Pressure ranges (Pa):

Range 1 Range 2 overload max
0...100 Pa (1.0 mbar) 0...250 Pa (2.5 mbar) 20 kPa 2
0...250 Pa (2.5 mbar) 0...500 Pa (5.0 mbar) 20 kPa 3
0...500 Pa (5.0 mbar) 0...1.000 Pa (10 mbar) 20 kPa 4
0...1 kPa (10 mbar) 0...2.5 kPa (25 mbar) 40 kPa 5
0...5 kPa (50 mbar) 0...10 kPa (100 mbar) 60 kPa 7
0...25kPa (250 mbar) 0...50 kPa (500 mbar) 300 kPa 9
0...100 kPa (1000 mbar) 0...250 kPa (2500 mbar) 1.2 MPa B
-50Pa...+50Pa (-0,5mbar...+0,5mbar) 20 kPa X
Pressure unit Pascal
Outputs and power supply
0…10 Vdc 24 Vac/dc, with switching output, 3- wire cable 1
4…20 mA 24 Vdc, without switching output, 2- wire cable 2
4…20 mA 24 Vac/dc, with switching output, 3- wire cable 3
0…10 Vdc 24 Vac/dc, without switching output, 3- wire cable 7
4…20 mA 24 Vac/dc, without switching output, 3- wire cable D
Display
None 0
with LED-Display, 3.5 digits (not for output 4...20 mA, 2 wires) 1
Electrical connections
Screw terminal block
Accessories on request
Connection set DBZ-06
Mounting bracket DBZ-14A
Mounting bracket DBZ-14B

101
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 0⁄2.5 BAR 984

ELECTRICAL WIRING
984M.3x31x4 984M.3x32x4 984M.3x33x4
984M.3x37x4 984M.3x3Dx4

DIMENSIONS (mm)

VERSION WITHOUT DISPLAY VERSION WITH DISPLAY

Setting of switching output: Commutation point setting:

Apply a differential pressure corresponding to the transistor commu- Press the key “M” two times, the message “SP” appears on display.
tation point required. Then press the key “Switching output” for 5 s Press the key “S” to visualize the current point of commutation.
until led flashes (= value is saved). The led lights when the pressure To change the point of commutation value press the key “S” for 5
set is reached of exceeded. seconds then press the key “M” to memorize it.
Press the key “M” several times until the measured value appears
on the display.
Offset calibration:

In order to correct zero-point deviation of output signal in depres- Offset calibration:

surized state (ex: to 0 Vdc/ 4 mA at 0 Pa), disconnect the unit from
pressure by opening both hoses, then press the “Offset” button Press the key “M” two times, the message “OFFS” appears on display.
for 5 s. Press the key “S” one time to see the current value of Offset.
To change Offset value press the key “S” for 5 seconds then press
the key “M” to memorize it.
Press the key “M” several times until the measured value appears
on display.

102
DB-R DB-K

DUCT AND ROOM AIR QUALITY SENSORS DB-xLQ

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Analysis of the air quality based on a mixed gas VOC (Volatile Well-suited for ventilation and air treatment systems in domestic
Organic Compounds) sensor for: areas and commercial buildings.
- measuring the air quality inside offices, hotels, meeting
rooms, homes, shops, restaurants and so on;
- quantitative analysis of the contamination of room air,
caused by polluting gases;
- setting of the sensitivity threshold according to the maximum
air contamination expected;
- ventilation of premises only when necessary, to allow ener-
gy saving.

TYPE OUTPUT APPLICATION

DB-RLQ 0...10 Vdc, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA room

DB-RLQ5 0...5 Vdc, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA room

DB-KLQ 0...10 Vdc, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA duct

DB-KLQ5 0...5 Vdc, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA duct

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING / DIMENSIONS

Power supply: 15...36 Vdc or 24 Vac/dc ± 10%, 50-60 Hz, DB-RLQ

120 mA current consumption
Outputs: 0...10 Vdc, 0...20 mA or 4...20 mA, selectable
by jumpers
Sensor: VOC
Working: -10...+50 °C
10...95% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+50 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: room: similar to RAL 9010
duct: plastic material
Protection: room: IP30, class III
duct: IP65, class III, GS-RO-16 filter
Size: room: 75 x 75 x 25 mm
duct: 65 x 59 x 36 mm (tube L = 206 mm,
diameter = 16 mm)
Weight: 80…260 g
CE standards: EN 60335-1: safety
EN 60529: IP degree of protection
EN 60730: domestic controls DB-KLQ

Detectable gases:

- carbon monoxide CO
- sulphur water H2S
- solvent vapours
- alkane vapours
- cigarette smoke
- car exhaust
- air produced by human breathing
- combustion smoke from wood, paper and plastics

Warnings:
The air quality monitoring sensor cannot be used for purposes of
safety.

103
DUCT AND ROOM AIR QUALITY SENSORS DB-xLQ

Automatic self-calibration of air quality (default, jumper J3 in

position „AUTO„ , see diagram):
The measurement value of air quality is saved for 4 weeks. After that
time the minimum of the saved values is set to zero point (output 1,0
Vdc). The maximum correction is limited to 1 Vdc at each interval of
four weeks. Long term drift and aging effects of the sensor element
are eliminated almost completely. The autocalibration only works
if fresh air is supplied to the sensor at least one time within four
weeks.

Manual calibration of air quality

The manual calibration can be started by pressing the button “ma-
nual calibration“ regardless of jumper J3. The instrument should
operate for at least 2 hours at “normal air“ before starting the manual
calibration. Press the button “manual calibration“ for about 5 sec
until the LED starts flashing. Now the output is automatically set to 1
Vdc at the actual environmental conditions. During that process the
LED is on. After finishing the calibration successfully, the LED will be
light off. The automatic self-calibration is deactivated if jumper J3
is in position “manual“.

Starting operation
After power is switched on a self-test is performed and the unit is
preheated. During that phase, for about 60 minutes, the measure-
ment value is not correct.

INSTALLATION
To protect the unit against reverse polarity, a protection diode is used.
This allows the transmitter to be used with 24 Vac power supply.
The output signal must be measured with a suitable instrument
and referenced to GND terminal. If the instrument is operated in
direct current power supply, connect the 15…36 Vdc input to the UB
terminal and the ground to the GND terminal.

If several instruments are supplied with 24 Vac power supply, all

inputs have to be connected to the same phase. Otherwise all
instruments could be damaged. All outputs have to be measured
referenced to the same potential (see figure below).
Measurement and calibration of air quality by customer
The lifetime of the sensors is limited based on how it is used, parti-
cularly the type and concentration of gas. The measurement of air
quality detects the general condition of air. The 0…10 Vdc output
signal depends on different gases, for instance cigarette smoke,
deodorant sprays, detergents, adhesives etc.

The apparatus is made and calibrated for use in rooms where gas-
phase stripping has finished. The zero point and the measurement
range are factory set by using synthetic air and a fixed amount of
hydrogen respectively. The standard use of the unit is the detection
of changes of the air quality related to the fixed zero point.

There can be an overstep of the measurement range or an overload

of the sensor in some cases (new carpets, fresh paint etc.). The custo-
mer himself has to calibrate the unit according to the circumstances
of use in those cases.

104
DB-R DB-K
CO2- TRANSMITTERS DB-xCO2

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

The unit measures the concentration of CO2 transforming Designed for ventilation and air treatment systems in domestic
signal into 0...10 V voltage output. It is calibrated for standard or industrial areas and commercial buildings.
applications, such as air quality monitoring of living quarters,
workshops, laboratories, conference rooms, … .
The lifetime of the sensor is limited based on its working condi-
tions such as type and concentration of gas.

TYPE CO2 RANGE CO2 OUTPUT APPLICATION

DB-RCO2 0...2000 ppm 0...10 Vdc room

DB-R5CO2 0...2000 ppm 0...5 Vdc room

DB-KCO2 0...2000 ppm 0...10 Vdc duct

DB-K5CO2 0...2000 ppm 0...5 Vdc duct

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 15...36 Vdc or 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
Output: 0...10 Vdc DB-RCO2
Sensor: NDIR
Accuracy: ± 30 ppm ± 5% end of scale.
Dependency on
pressure: 1,6%/ kPa referred to standard pressure
Working: -10...+50 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: 0...+50 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: room: similar to RAL 9010
duct: plastic material
Protection: room: IP30, class III
sensor: housing in plastic
duct: IP65 (housing only), class III
sensor: filter GS-RO-16
Dimensions: room: 128 x 75 x 25 mm
duct: 120 x 80 x 95 mm
(tube L = 190 mm, diameter = 20 mm)
Weight: 80…260 g

Working field: DB-KCO2

- living quarters and workshops

- laboratory and stores
- conference and meeting rooms
- production rooms
- kitchens

Warnings:
The air quality monitoring sensor cannot be used for purposes of
safety.

105
CO2- TRANSMITTERS DB-XCO2

DIMENSIONS (mm) INSTALLATION

To protect the unit against reverse polarity, a protection diode is used.
This allows the transmitter to be used with 24 Vac power supply.
DB-RCO2 DB-KCO2 The output signal must be measured with a suitable instrument
and referenced to GND terminal. If the instrument is operated in
direct current power supply, connect the 15…36 Vdc input to the UB
terminal and the ground to the GND terminal.

If several instruments are supplied with 24 Vac power supply, all

inputs have to be connected to the same phase. Otherwise all
instruments could be damaged. All outputs have to be measured
referenced to the same potential (see figure below).

Automatic self-calibration of CO2 (default setting, jumper J3 in

position „AUTO„ , see electrical wiring)
The transmitter unit is free of maintenance because of an implemen-
ted self-correcting algorithm. This algorithm keeps track of the lowest
measure done for 7.5 days and corrects slowly any high drift detected
as regards to fresh air value (400ppm CO2).The procedure works well
only if the unit is supplied with fresh air (CO2 - concentration about
400ppm) for at least ten minutes every 7.5 days.

Manual calibration of CO2

After power supply is on, the unit must receive fresh air for at least
10 minutes (CO2 concentration 300ppm … 400ppm).
Manual calibration can be started independently from the position
of jumper J3 by pushing the key “manual calibration CO2”.
Push this key for 5 seconds until the LED flashes, the output is then
set to 1,75 V (350 ppm = zero point) and the LED remains on. After
calibration process is successfully done the LED turns off.

106
DB-R DB-K

CO2- AND MIXED GAS TRANSMITTERS DB-XLQ-CO2

FUNCTION

The unit measures the concentration of CO2 and the general conditions are on the ranges given in the technical features part,
air quality, transforming both signals into 0...10 Vdc voltage it will be at least 36 months.
outputs. It is calibrated for standards applications, such as air
quality monitoring of living quarters, workshops, laboratories, APPLICATIONS
conference rooms, … . Designed for ventilation and air treatment systems in domestic
The lifetime of this sensor is limited based on its working condi- or industrial areas and commercial buildings.
tions such as type and concentration of gas. If operating

TYPE CO2 RANGE CO2 OUTPUT RANGE VOC OUTPUT VOC APPLICATION

DB-RLQ-CO2 0...2000 ppm 0...10 Vdc 0...100 % 0...10 Vdc room

DB-RLQ5-CO2 0...2000 ppm 0...5 Vdc 0...100 % 0...10 Vdc room

DB-KLQ-CO2 0...2000 ppm 0...10 Vdc 0...100 % 0...10 Vdc duct

DB-KLQ5-CO2 0...2000 ppm 0...5 Vdc 0...100 % 0...10 Vdc duct

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 15...36 Vdc or 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

DB-RLQ-co2
Output: 0...10 Vdc
Sensor: NDIR for CO2
Accuracy: ± 30 ppm ± 5% end of scale.
Dependency on
pressure: ± 1,6%/kPa as regards to standard pressur
Sensor: VOC for air
Accuracy: ± 25% f.s. as regards to calibration gas
Working: temperature -10...+50 °C
relative humidity 10...90% r.h. (non conden-
sing)
Storage: 0...+50 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: room: similar to RAL 9010
duct: plastic material
Protection: room: IP30, class III
sensor: housing in plastic
duct: IP65 (housing only), class III
sensor: filter GS-RO-16
Size: room: 128 x 75 x 25 mm DB-KLQ-co2
duct: 120 x 80 x 95 mm
(tube L = 190 mm, diameter = 20 mm)
Weight: 80…260 g

Working field:

- living quarters and workshops

- laboratory and stores
- conference and meeting rooms
- production rooms
- kitchens

Warnings:
The air quality monitoring sensor cannot be used for purposes
of safety.

107
CO2- AND MIXED GAS TRANSMITTERS DB-xLQ-CO2

DIMENSIONS (mm) Measurement and calibration of air quality by customer

The lifetime of the sensors is limited based on how it is
DB-RLQ-CO2 used, particularly the type and concentration of gas. The
measurement of air quality detects the general condition of
air. The 0…10 Vdc output signal depends on different gases,
for instance cigarette smoke, deodorant sprays, detergents,
adhesives etc.

The apparatus is made and calibrated for use in rooms

where gas-phase stripping has finished. The zero point and
the measurement range are factory set by using synthetic air
and a fixed amount of hydrogen respectively. The standard
use of the unit is the detection of changes of the air quality
related to the fixed zero point.

There can be an overstep of the measurement range or an

overload of the sensor in some cases (new carpets, fresh paint
etc.). The customer himself has to calibrate the unit according
to the circumstances of use in those cases.
Note: after calibration done by customer, the unit is consi-
dered out of warranty.

Automatic self-calibration of air quality (default setting,

jumper J2 in position “AUTO“ , see electrical wiring)
The measurement value of air quality is saved for 4 weeks.
After that time the minimum of the saved values is set to zero
DB-KLQ-CO2
point (output 1,0V). The maximum correction is limited to 1V at
each interval of four weeks. Long term drift and aging effects
of the sensor element are eliminated almost completely. The
autocalibration only works if fresh air is supplied to the sensor
at least one time in an interval of four weeks.

Manual calibration of air quality

The manual calibration can be started by pressing the button
“manual calibration“ whatever is the position of jumper J3. The
instrument must operate for at least 2 hours at “normal air“
before starting the manual calibration. Press the button “ma-
nual calibration“ for 5 sec until the LED starts to flash. Now the
output is automatically set to 1 V. During that process the LED
is on. After finishing the calibration successfully, the LED turns
off. The automatic self-calibration is deactivated if jumper J3 is
on “manual“ position.

Automatic self-calibration of CO2 (default setting, jumper

J3 in position „AUTO„ , see electrical wiring)
The transmitter unit is free of maintenance because of an
implemented self-correcting algorithm. This algorithm keeps
track of the lowest measure done for 7.5 days and corrects
slowly any high drift detected as regards to fresh air value
(400ppm CO2).The procedure works well only if the unit is
supplied with fresh air (CO2 – concentration about 400ppm)
for at least ten minutes every 7.5 days.

108
CO2- AND MIXED GAS TRANSMITTERS DB-xLQ-CO2

Manual calibration of CO2 If several instruments are supplied with 24 Vac power
After power supply is on, the unit must receive fresh air for at supply, all inputs have to be connected to the same phase.
least 10 minutes (CO2 concentration 300ppm … 400ppm). Otherwise all instruments could be damaged. All outputs
Manual calibration can be started independently from the have to be measured referenced to the same potential (see
position of jumper J3 by pushing the key “manual calibration figure below).
CO2”.
Push this key for 5 seconds up to the LED flashes, the output is
then set to 1,75 V (350 ppm = zero point) and the LED remains
on. After calibration process is done the LED turns off.

INSTALLATION
To protect the unit against reverse polarity, a protection diode
is used. This allows the transmitter to be used with 24 Vac
power supply. The output signal must be measured with a
suitable instrument and referenced to GND terminal. If the
instrument is operated in direct current power supply, con-
nect the 15…36 Vdc input to the UB terminal and the ground
to the GND terminal.

109
DTB STC STE STI DPTD

TEMPERATURE SENSORS

APPLICATION OPERATING MODE

Temperature sensors are used on heating and cooling plants Temperature is sensed by a resistive element that changes its
in room and industrial applications. They are connected to- resistance when temperature changes (for the values of sensor
gether with a regulator and allow temperature sensing and based on temperature see cable temperature sensors table of
regulation. values part).

AIR DUCT SENSOR STC IMMERSION SENSOR STI, DPTD WITH DIN HEAD
Air duct mounted sensor used for temperature air sensing Liquid duct mounted sensor used for temperature liquid sensing
inside it. inside it.

OUTDOOR SENSOR STE ROOM SENSOR DTB

Wall mounted sensor used for temperature sensing on industrial Wall mounted sensor used for temperature sensing on ro-
places or outside. oms.

xx xx TYPE SENSOR

TYPE OF USE: DTB/NTC NTC10K

duct version STC DTB/1K8 NTC1K8
outdoor version STE
DTB/10K3 NTC10K3A1
immersion version STI
TYPE OF SENSOR: DTB/NTC100 NTC100K
NTC10K 11 DTB/PT PT100
NTC100K 12
DTB/PT1 PT1000
NTC1K8 13
NTC10K3A1 14 DTB/NI Ni1000
NTC10K4A1 15 DPTD/20 PT100
PT100 21
PT1000 22 DPTD1/20 PT1000
Ni1000 31

TYPE MEASURE COVER BASE POCKET NOMINAL PROTECTION

RANGE PRESSURE
°C
DTB -20...+60 ABS ABS - - IP30

STC -20...+80 polycarbonate polycarbonate stainless steel Aisi316 PN15 IP65

STE -20...+70 polycarbonate polycarbonate - - IP65

STI -20...+120 (2) polycarbonate polycarbonate copper nickeled (1) PN15 IP65

DPTD -50...+600 DIN head DIN head stainless steel Aisi304 PN6 IP65

DPTD1 -50...+600 DIN head DIN head stainless steel Aisi304 PN6 IP65

(1) nipple in brass

(2) 110 °C with NTC 10K

110
TEMPERATURE SENSORS

DIMENSIONS (mm)

STC STI STE

DTB
4
6
4

68.5

85
DPTD

39
31
55

MOUNTING BRACKET DBZ-22 SUPPLIED WITH STC

111
NIC PTAxxx-100

NTAxxx-040 PTAxxx-100C

NTAxxx-623 PTBxxx-100

NTB PTBxxx-100C

NTA020-620BR-J

CABLE TEMPERATURE SENSORS

APPLICATION FUNCTION

Cable sensors are used in heating, cooling and air-conditioning Temperature is sensed by a resistive element that is sensitive
systems for room and industrial applications. Connected to to temperature changes (for the values of sensors see the
regulators, they give the possibility to measure and to control following tables).
the temperature in different room types.

TYPE SENSOR DIMENSIONS MEASURING RANGE PROTECTION CABLE

ÀC
NTA003-040 NTC10K Ø 6 x 40 mm x 0,30 m -50...+110 IP67 silicone
NTA020-040 NTC10K Ø 6 x 40 mm x 2,00 m -50...+110 IP67 silicone
NTA060-040 NTC10K Ø 6 x 40 mm x 6,00 m -50...+110 IP67 silicone
NTA010-623 NTC10K Ø 6 x 23 mm x 1,00 m -40...+80 IP67 PVC
NTA020-623 NTC10K Ø 6 x 23 mm x 2,00 m -40...+80 IP67 PVC
NTA060-623 NTC10K Ø 6 x 23 mm x 6,00 m -40...+80 IP67 PVC
NTB010-623 NTC100K Ø 6 x 23 mm x 1,00 m -40...+80 IP67 PVC
PTA010-100 PT100 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 1,00 m -50...+200 IP67 silicone
PTA020-100 PT100 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 2,00 m -50...+200 IP67 silicone
PTA010-100C PT100 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 1,00 m -50...+350 (*) IP44 fiberglass
PTA020-100C PT100 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 2,00 m -50...+350 (*) IP44 fiberglass
PTB010-100 PT1000 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 1,00 m -50...+200 IP67 silicone
PTB020-100 PT1000 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 2,00 m -50...+200 IP67 silicone
PTB010-100C PT1000 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 1,00 m -50...+350 (*) IP44 fiberglass
PTB020-100C PT1000 Ø 6 x 100 mm x 2,00 m -50...+350 (*) IP44 fiberglass

strap-on sensor for pipes

up to 2”, contact zone 6x20 thermoplastic
NTA020-620BR-J NTC10K -50...+120 IP67
mm, cable length 2m, strap rubber strap
extension included

(*) max cap temperature -50...+600 °C

CHARACTERISTICS DIMENSIONS (mm)

TYPE PIPE
PTA, PTA...C
NT...-623 polypropylene
PTB, PTB...C
NT...-040 steel NIC

PT steel
NTA...040
steel with ceramic
PT...C
insert
NIC steel
rubber NTA...623
NT...-620
thermoplastic NTB...623

NTA...620

112
VALUES TEBLES

NTC1K8 (1K8 a 250C) NTC10K (10K a 250C) NTC10K3A1 (10K a 250C) NTC10K4A1 (10K a 250C)
Accuracy: ±0,3K Accuracy: ±0,3K Accuracy: ±0,2K Accuracy: ±0,3K
Temp.ºC kΩ Temp.ºC kΩ Temp.ºC kΩ Temp.ºC kΩ
-30 23,8 -50 329,5 -50 667,8 -30 135,2
-20 13,7 -40 188,5 -40 335,7 -20 78,90
-15 10,5 -30 111,3 -30 176,7 -10 47,50
-10 8,22 -20 67,77 -20 96,97
-5 6,45 -10 42,47 -10 55,30 0 29,50
1 28,20
0 5,12 0 27,28 0 32,65 2 26,70
5 4,09 1 26,13 1 31,03 3 25,70
10 2,90 2 25,03 2 29,50 4 24,54
15 2,67 3 23,99 3 28,05 5 23,46
16 2,56 4 23,00 4 26,69 6 22,43
17 2,46 5 22,05 5 25,39 7 21,45
18 2,36 6 21,16 6 24,17 8 20,52
19 2,27 7 20,30 7 23,02 9 19,63
20 2,18 8 19,49 8 21,92
21 2,10 9 18,70 9 20,88 10 18,79
22 2,02 11 17,98
23 1,94 10 17,96 10 19,90 12 17,21
24 1,87 11 17,24 11 18,97 13 18,49
25 1,80 12 16,56 12 18,09 14 15,80
13 15,80 13 17,26 15 15,13
30 1,49 14 15,28 14 16,46 16 14,51
40 1,04 15 14,69 15 15,71 17 13,81
50 0,74 16 14,12 16 15,00 18 13,33
60 0,54 17 13,58 17 14,32 19 12,79
70 0,40 18 13,06 18 13,62
80 0,30 19 12,56 19 13,05 20 12,27
90 0,23 21 11,77
100 0,18 20 12,08 20 12,49 22 11,30
21 11,63 21 11,94 23 10,85
22 11,20 22 11,42 24 10,41
23 10,78 23 10,92 25 10,00
24 10,38 24 10,45 26 9,61
25 10,00 25 10,00 27 9,23
26 9,63 26 9,57 28 8,86
27 9,28 27 9,16 29 8,53
28 8,94 28 8,77
29 8,62 29 8,40 30 8,19
35 6,75
30 8,31 30 8,06 40 5,59
35 6,94 35 6,53 45 4,66
40 5,82 40 5,33 50 3,89
45 4,91 45 4,37 60 2,76
50 4,16 50 3,60 70 1,99
60 3,02 60 2,49 80 1,46
70 2,22 70 1,75 90 1,08
80 1,66 80 1,26
90 1,26 90 0,92 100 0,82
110 0,62
100 0,97 100 0,68 120 0,48
110 0,75 110 0,51 130 0,38
120 0,39 140 0,30
130 0,30 150 0,24
140 0,23
150 0,18

113
VALUES TEBLES

NTC100K (100K a 250C) PT100 (CLASS B IEC 751) PT1000 (CLASS B IEC 751) NI1000 (DIN 43760)
Accuracy: ±0,65K Accuracy: ±0,3K Accuracy: ±0,3K Accuracy: ±0,4K
Temp. ºC kΩ Temp. ºC Ω Temp. ºC Ω Temp. ºC Ω
-40 3666,3 -200 18,49 -200 184,93 -60 694
-30 1916,6 -190 22,80 -190 228,03 -50 742
-20 1041,2 -180 27,08 -180 270,78 -40 791
-10 586,10 -170 31,32 -170 313,20 -30 841
-5 445,26 -160 35,53 -160 355,31 -20 892
-150 39,71 -150 397,14 -10 945
0 340,94 -140 43,87 -140 438,69 -5 972
1 323,52 -130 48,00 -130 479,99
2 307,07 -120 52,11 -120 521,06 0 1000
3 291,55 -110 56,19 -110 561,90 1 1005
4 276,90 2 1010
5 263,06 -100 60,25 -100 602,54 3 1016
6 249,98 -90 64,30 -90 642,99 4 1022
7 237,62 -80 68,33 -80 683,25 5 1027
8 225,94 -70 72,33 -70 723,35 6 1033
9 214,90 -60 76,33 -60 763,28 7 1038
-50 80,31 -50 803,07 8 1044
10 204,45 -40 84,27 -40 842,71 9 1049
11 194,56 -30 88,22 -30 882,22
12 185,21 -20 92,16 -20 921,60 10 1055
13 176,35 -10 96,09 -10 960,86 11 1061
14 167,96 12 1066
15 160,02 -5 98,04 -5 980,45 13 1072
16 152,49 -4 98,44 -4 984,36 14 1078
17 145,35 -3 98,83 -3 988,27 15 1083
18 138,59 -2 99,22 -2 992,18 16 1089
19 132,17 -1 99,61 -1 996,09 17 1095
0 100,00 0 1000,00 18 1100
20 126,09 1 100,39 1 1003,91 19 1106
21 120,31 2 100,78 2 1007,81
22 114,83 3 101,17 3 1011,72 20 1112
23 109,63 4 101,56 4 1015,62 21 1118
24 104,69 5 101,95 5 1019,53 22 1123
25 100,00 23 1129
26 95,54 10 103,90 10 1039,02 24 1135
27 91,31 20 107,79 20 1077,93 25 1141
28 87,28 30 111,67 30 1116,72 26 1147
29 83,45 40 115,54 40 1155,39 27 1152
50 119,40 50 1193,95 28 1158
30 79,81 60 123,24 60 1232,39 29 1164
35 64,08 70 127,07 70 1270,72
40 51,75 80 130,89 80 1308,93 30 1170
50 34,31 90 134,70 90 1347,02 35 1200
60 23,22 40 1230
70 16,02 100 138,50 100 1385,00 50 1290
80 11,25 110 142,29 110 1422,86 60 1352
90 8,04 120 146,06 120 1460,61 70 1414
130 149,82 130 1498,24 80 1477
100 5,83 140 153,58 140 1535,75 90 1538
110 4,29 150 157,31 150 1573,15 100 1597
120 3,20 160 161,04 160 1610,43
125 2,78 170 164,76 170 1647,60
180 168,46 180 1684,65
190 172,16 190 1721,58
200 175,84 200 1758,40

400 247,04 400 2470,38

600 313,59 600 3135,94

114
ELECTROMECHANICAL CONTROLS
BIMETALLIC ROOM THERMOSTATS TA

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Room temperature control with: Well-suited in close and dry areas for the large variety of ap-
- setpoint adjustment by knob; plications in the heating, cooling and air conditioning field.
- manual On/Off (TA-33);
- manual summer/winter switching (TA-34);
- led for activated output indication (TA-33/34).

TYPE RANGE DIFFERENTIAL FUNCTION

ÀC K
TA31 +10...+30 <0.7 SPDT

TA33 +10...+30 <0.7 SPDT + ON/OFF

TA34 +10...+30 <0.7 SPDT + S/W

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

TA-31
Contacts: 250 Vac 10 (2) A
Differential: fixed (see table)
Working
temperature: 0...+50 ºC
10...90% u.r. (non condensing) T
Housing: ABS
Protection: IP30
Size: 84 x 84 x 36 mm
Weight: 98 g 4 3 2 1

U L
DIMENSIONS (mm) N TA-33

60
T
84

4 3 2 1
84 L
U
29 1,2
N
TA-34

37,5
4 3 2 1

U L
N

116
BIMETALLIC ROOM THERMOSTATS TA

MOUNTING

Untighten the screw “A”, and then remove the shell and the Fix the thermostat to the wall by means of screw, inserting them
knob. Never rotate the support shaft of the regulation, the ther- into the slots “B”.
mostat may lose its calibration.

Carry out the connections using the screw terminals “C“ as

shown in the correspondent drawing.

Put the knob and the shell back in place tightening th screw
“A“.

117
SINGLE AND MULTI-STAGE ROOM THERMOSTATS DBET

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Room temperature control in: Well-suited for heating, cooling and air conditioning systems
- single or multi-stage heating systems; in dusty, damp and strong polluted areas: industrial areas,
- single or multi-stage cooling systems; commercial buildings, storage room, garages, machine rooms,
- single or two-stage heating and cooling systems with dead factories, greenhouses and agricultural installations.
zone.
Models with setpoint adjustment by knob on or under the cover
and range calibration.

TYPE RANGE STAGES HYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS MAX. BULB TEMP.

IN THE STAGES BETW. THE STAGES
°C K K °C
DBET-22 -30...+30 1 2...15 60

DBET-23 -30...+30 1 1 60

DBET-22/2 -30...+30 2 1 2...5 60

DBET-26 0...+60 1 2...15 75

DBET-27 0...+60 1 1 75

DBET-26/2 0...+60 2 1 2...5 75

U knob under the cover

TECHNICAL FEATURES Cooling

Connect red (common terminal) to white terminal; while temperature
Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb is droping, the conctacts of stages open in sequence from the first
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT to the last.
contacts (heat/cool) The respective free contacts close simultaneously (signal contact).
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Differentials: fixed or adjustable (see schedule)
Working: -35...+60 °C
10...90% h.r. (non condensing)
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Storage: -40...+60 °C
< 95% h.r.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
Protection: IP65, class I
Size: DBET: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
Weight: 450 g

NOTE
The range can be calibrated by tuning carefully the hexagon nut
under the knob (fig. 1).

fig. 1 fig. 2

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Heating
Connect red (common terminal) to blue terminal, as shown in fig.
2; while temperature is rising, the conctacts of stages open, in se-
quence, from the last to the first.

118
SINGLE AND MULTI-STAGE ROOM THERMOSTATS DBET

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Room temperature control in: Well-suited for heating, cooling and air conditioning systems in
- single or two independent stage heating systems; strong polluted areas (dusty and damp) and in chemically ag-
- single or two independent stage cooling systems; gressive atmosphere of industrial areas, commercial buildings
- heating and cooling systems with dead zone; and sport halls, storage room and garages, machine rooms,
- minimum or maximum temperature security. factories, greenhouses and agricultural installations.
Models with setpoint adjustment by knob on or under the
cover.

TYPE RANGE 1 RANGE 2 HYSTERESIS RANGE 1 HYSTERESIS RANGE 2 MAX. BULB TEMP.
ÀC ÀC K K ÀC
DBET-040 0...+40 1,5±0,5 65

DBET-040U 0...+40 1,5±0,5 65

DBET-060 0...+60 1,5±0,5 65

DBET-04040 0...+40 0...+40 1,5±0,5 1,5±1 65

DBET-06060 0...+60 0...+60 1,5±0,5 1,5±1 65

DBET-06060U 0...+60 0...+60 1,5±0,5 1,5±1 65

U knob under the cover for range 1, the knob of the range 2 is always under the cover

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled stainless steel V2A bulb DBET-0x0 DBET-0x0x0
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with switching SPDT
contacts (heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 16 (4) A, 250 Vac
6 (1) A, 400 Vac
Hysteresis: fixed (see schedule)
Working: -10...+65 °C
10...90% h.r. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95% h.r.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
ABS (2 stage models)
Protection: IP54, class I
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
132 x 88 x 70 mm (2 stage models)
Weight: 340 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Heating
DBET-0x0 DBET-0x0x0
Stage 1: connect terminal 2 and terminal 3 (fig. 1 and fig. 2).
Stage 2: connect terminal 5 and terminal 6 (fig. 2).
The contacts open during the temperature rising.

Cooling
Stage 1: connect terminal 1 and terminal 2 (fig. 1 and fig. 2).
Stage 2: connect terminal 4 and terminal 5 (fig. 2).
The contacts open during the temperature droping.
The respective free contacts close simultaneously (signal contact).

The two stages are completely independent. fig. 1 fig. 2

119
SINGLE AND MULTI-STAGE CAPILLARY THERMOSTATS DBET

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature control by independent loads with adjustable Well-suited for heating, cooling and air conditioning systems in
differential in: strong polluted areas (dusty and damp): industrial areas, com-
- heating, cooling and air conditioning systems; mercial buildings and sport halls, storage room and garages,
- heating and cooling systems with dead zone. machine rooms, factories, greenhouses and agricultural instal-
Models with setpoint adjustment by knob on or under the cover lations.
and possible range calibration. The sensible element is suitable for the non aggressive liquids
and gases control.

TYPE RANGE STAGES HYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS BETW. MAW. BULB POCKET

IN THE STAGE THE STAGE TEMP.
ÀC K K ÀC (*)
DBET-4 -30...+30 1 2...20 60 DBZ-01/02
DBET-4U -30...+30 1 2...20 60 DBZ-01/02
DBET-4/2 -30...+30 2 1 2...5 60 DBZ-01/02
DBET-5 -30...+30 1 1 60 DBZ-01/02
DBET-5U -30...+30 1 1 60 DBZ-01/02
DBET-6 -30...+30 1 FT 60 DBZ-01/02
DBET-7 0...+60 1 2...20 75 DBZ-01/02
DBET-7/2 0...+60 2 1 2...5 75 DBZ-01/02
DBET-8 0...+60 1 1 75 DBZ-01/02
DBET-16 +20...+90 1 2...20 100 DBZ-01/02
DBET-16U +20...+90 1 2...20 100 DBZ-01/02
DBET-17 +20...+90 1 1 100 DBZ-01/02
DBET-18 +20...+90 1 ST 100 DBZ-01/02
DBET-10 +50...+120 1 2...20 150 DBZ-16/17
DBET-11 +50...+120 1 1 150 DBZ-16/17

(*) DBZ-01 pocket brass 120mm, 12 x 1 U knob under the cover

DBZ-02 pocket stainless steel 120mm, 12 x 1 FT manual minimal reset
DBZ-16 pocket brass 120mm, 10 x 0.5 ST manual maximum reset
DBZ-17 pocket stainless steel 120mm, 10 x 0.5

TECHNICAL FEATURES NOTE

The range may be calibrated by tuning carefully the hexagon nut
Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb under the knob.
Dim. bulb: Ø 9.5 (Ø 8 for range +50...+120 °C)
Dim. capillary: 150 cm
Contacts: dust-tight voltage free microswitches
with SPDT contacts (heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Differentials: see schedule
Working: -35...+65 °C
10...90% h.r. (non condensing)
Storage: -40...+70 °C
< 95% u.r.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
Protection: IP65, class I
Dimensions: 108 x 70 x 72 mm fig. 1
Weight: 340 g

120
SINGLE AND MULTI-STAGE CAPILLARY THERMOSTATS DBET

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIMENSIONS (mm)

Heating
Connect red (common terminal) to blue terminal; while temperature
is rising, the conctacts of stages open, in sequence, from the last
to the first.

Cooling
Connect red (common terminal) to white terminal; while temperature
is droping, the conctacts of stages open, in sequence, from the first
to the last (fig2).
The respective free contacts close simultaneously (signal contact).

fig. 2

121
SINGLE-STAGE CAPILLARY THERMOSTATS DBTC

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature measurement and monitoring in normal fluids Well-suited for heating, cooling and air conditioning systems
(water) and in non aggressive gases with a thermosensitive in:
element coated with PVC. - domestic areas;
- industrial areas;
- commercial buildings and sport halls.

TYPE RANGE DIFFERENTIAL MAX. BULB TEMP. POCKET LENGTH POCKET

ÀC K ÀC cm (*)
DBZ-30/14
DBTC-060 0...+60 3±1 75 150
DBZ-31/14
DBZ-30/14
DBTC-3090 +30...+90 3±1 120 150
DBZ-31/14

(1) model with knob under cover

(*) Pockets on request:

DBZ-30/14 pocket brass 120 mm, 8 x 0.5
DBZ-31/14 pocket stainless steel 120 mm, 8 x 0.5

TECHNICAL FEATURES DIMENSIONS (mm)

Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb with 1.5 m

length capillary PVC protected
Dim. bulb: Ø 6.8
Dim. capillary: 150 cm
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts
(heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 16 (4) A 250 Vac
6 (1) A 400 Vac
Differential: fixed (see schedule)
Working -10...+65 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -40...+70 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
Protection: IP54, class I
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
Weight: 360 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Heating
Connect terminal 2 (common) and terminal 3 (fig. 1).
The contact opens during the temperature rising.

Cooling
Connect terminal 2 (common) and terminal 1 (fig.1).
The contact opens during the temperature droping.
The respective free contact closes simultaneously (signal contact).
fig. 1

122
DBAT DBAT-0xx

STRAP-ON THERMOSTATS DBAT

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Single-stage fluid temperature control in metal pipes for heating, Well-suited for heating, cooling and air conditioning systems
cooling and air conditioning plants. in strong polluted areas, domestic and industrial areas, com-
Models with setpoint adjustment by knob on or under the mercial buildings, sport halls, storage room, garages, machine
cover, sensible element and mounting clamp for direct fixing rooms, factories, greenhouses and agricultural installations.
on pipe.

TYPE RANGE HYSTERESIS MAX. BULB TEMP.

ÀC K ÀC
DBAT-3 0...+60 2...20 75

DBAT-3U 0...+60 2...20 75

DBAT-5 +20...+90 2...20 110

DBAT-5U +20...+90 2...20 110

DBAT-060 +5...+60 6±2 85

DBAT-090 +10...+90 6±2 85

U knob under the cover

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb for contact Heating

Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts Connect red terminal and blue terminal (fig. 2).
(heat/cool) DBAT-090: connect terminal C and terminal 1 (fig. 3).
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac The contact opens during the temperature rising.
DBAT-0xx: 16 (4) A, 250 Vac / 6 (1) A, 400 Vac
Differentials: see schedule Cooling
Working: -35...+65 °C Connect red terminal and white terminal (fig. 3).
10...90% r.h. (non condensing) DBAT-090: connect terminal C and terminal 2 (fig. 3).
Storage: -40...+70 °C The contact opens during the temperature droping.
< 95% r.h. The respective free contact closes simultaneously (signal contact).
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
DBAT-0xx: zinced steel plate,
not sealed ABS cover
Protection: IP65 (DBAT-0xx: IP40), class I DBAT-x DBAT-0xx
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
DBAT-0xx: 38 x 55 x 105 mm
Weight: 180…500 g

NOTE
The range may be calibrated by tuning carefully the hexagon nut
under the knob (not for model DBAT-0xx) (fig. 1).

fig. 1 fig. 2 fig. 3

123
STRAP-ON THERMOSTATS DBAT

DIMENSIONS (mm)

DBAT-x DBAT-0xx

for cable ∅6...11 mm

124
BOILER THERMOSTATS DBTV

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature control in pipes with normal fluids (water) for Well-suited for general applications in strong polluted domestic
heating, cooling and air conditioning systems, boilers and and industrial areas.
heaters.
Models with setpoint adjustment by knob on or under the cover
and range calibration.

TYPE RANGE HYSTERESIS MAX. BULB TEMP ÀC POCKET LENGTH

ÀC K mm
DBTV-1 -30...+30 2...20 60 120/Ø10

DBTV-2U -30...+30 1 60 120/Ø10

DBTV-7 0...+60 2...20 75 120/Ø10

DBTV-7U 0...+60 2...20 75 120/Ø10

DBTV-8 0...+60 1 75 120/Ø10

DBTV-8U 0...+60 1 75 120/Ø10

DBTV-11 +50...+120 1 140 120/Ø10

DBTV-16 +20...+90 2...20 100 120/Ø10

DBTV-17 +20...+90 1 100 120/Ø10

DBTV-17U +20...+90 1 100 120/Ø10

DBTV-18 +20...+90 ST 100 120/Ø10

DBTV-18U +20...+90 ST 100 120/Ø10

U knob under the cover

ST manual maximum reset

Accessories:
Thermostats are factory supplied with standard DBZ-16/14 brass pocket (120
mm, Ø 10 x 0.5)

On request pockets in stainless steel AISI 304 DBZ-17/14.

TECHNICAL FEATURES Note

The range may be calibrated by tuning carefully the hexagon nut
Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb under the knob (fig. 1).
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts
(heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Differentials: see schedule
Working -35...+65 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -40...+70 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
Protection: IP65, class I
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
Weight: 570 g

fig. 1

125
BOILER THERMOSTATS DBTV

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Heating
Connect red terminal and blue terminal (fig. 2).
The contact opens during the temperature rising.
2-stage versions: during the temperature rising, the contact of stage
2 opens first, then the contact of stage 1.

Cooling
Connect red terminal and white terminal (fig. 2).
The contact opens during the temperature droping.
2-stage versions: during the temperature droping, the contact of
fig. 2
stage 1 opens first, then the contact of stage 2.
The respective free contacts close simultaneously (signal contact).

DIMENSIONS (mm)

126
BOILER THERMOSTATS DBTV

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature control in pipes with normal fluids (water) for Well-suited for general applications in strong polluted domestic
heating, cooling and air conditioning systems, boilers and and industrial areas.
heaters.
Temperature monitoring and safety protection with manual
reset (double models) and signal contact.

TYPE RANGE 1 RANGE 2 HYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS MAX. BULB TEMP. FUNCTION

RANGE 1 RANGE 2
ÀC ÀC K K ÀC
DBTV-060 0...+60 3±1 75 TR
DBTV-060U 0...+60 3±1 75 TW
DBTV-090U 0...+90 3±1 120 TW
2
DBTV-3090 +30...+90 3±1 120 TR
2
DBTV-50140 +50...+140 5±1 150 TR
DBTV-R90110 2 90 - 110 20±5 120 STB
DBTV-09090U 0...+90 0...+90 3±1 3±1 120 TW + TW
DBTV-3090R85 +30...+90 65 - 85 3±1 20±5 120 STB+TR

2
Products well-suited in applications with pressure <= 0,5 bar. TECHNICAL FEATURES
U knob under the cover
TR with SPDT contact Sensitive element: copper bulb with 120 mm brass pocket (on
TW with knob under the cover, SPDT contact
request with various lengths and in stainless
STB with manual security reset, SPDT contact
steel)
Accessories: Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts
Thermostats are factory supplied with standard pocket model: (heat/cool)
DBZ-30/14 brass pocket 120 mm, Ø 10 x 0.5 Switch capacity: 16 (4) A, 250 Vac
DBZ-40/14 brass hexagonal pocket 120 mm, Ø 16 (for double models) 6 (1) A, 400 Vac
Differentials: see schedule
On request in stainless steel AISI 304 DBZ-31/14 or DBZ-41/14.
Working -35...+65 °C
10...90 % r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
double models: sealed ABS
Protection: IP54, class I
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm or
132 x 88 x 70 mm
Weight: 570 g

127
BOILER THERMOSTATS DBTV

ELECTRICAL WIRING

TR TW STB STB + TR

DIMENSIONS (mm)

One stage model Multistage model

128
AIR DUCT THERMOSTATS DBTZ

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature monitoring in air or non aggressive gas ducts. Well-suited for general applications in strong polluted domestic
Models with setpoint adjustment by knob on or under the cover and industrial areas.
and range calibration.

TYPE RANGE STAGES HYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS MAX. BULB TEMP. ÀC SPRING LENGTH
ºC IN THE STAGE BETW. THE mm
K STAGE
K
DBTZ-2U -30...+30 1 1 60 200/Ø21
DBTZ-7 0...+60 1 2...20 75 200/Ø21
DBTZ-7/2 0...+60 2 1 2...5 75 200/Ø21
DBTZ-8 0...+60 1 1 75 200/Ø21
DBTZ-12U +50...+120 1 ST 140 200/Ø21

U knob under the cover

ST manual maximum reset

Accessories:
The thermostats are factory supplied with protection spring and mounting bracket model DBZ-25.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb with 200 mm Note

protection spring and mounting bracket The range may be calibrated by tuning carefully the hexagon nut
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts under the knob (fig. 1).
(heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Differentials: see schedule
Working: -35...+65 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -40...+70 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
Protection: IP65, class I
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
Weight: 690 g
fig. 1

129
AIR DUCT THERMOSTATS DBTZ

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIMENSIONS (mm)

Cooling
Connect red terminal and white terminal (fig. 2).
The contact opens during the temperature droping.
2-stage versions: during the temperature droping, the contact of
stage 1 opens first, then the contact of stage 2.
The respective free contacts close simultaneously (signal contact).

fig. 2

130
AIR DUCT THERMOSTATS DBTZ

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Temperature monitoring in air or non aggressive gas ducts. Well-suited for heating, cooling and air conditioning systems and
Temperature monitoring and safety protection with manual general applications in domestic and industrial areas.
reset (double models) and signal contact.

TYPE RANGE HYSTERESIS MAX. BULB TEMP. FUNCTION

RANGE
ºC K ÀC
DBTZ-060 0...+60 3±1 75 TR
DBTZ-060U 0...+60 3±1 75 TW
DBTZ-090U 0...+90 3±1 120 TW
DBTZ-50140 +50...+140 5±1 150 TR
DBTZ-R6585 +65...+85 20±5 120 STB

U knob under the cover Accessories:

TR with SPDT contact The termostats are factory supplied with protection spring and mounting bracket
STB with manual security reset, SPDT contact model DBZ-25.
TW with knob under the cover, SPDT contact

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Sensitive element: liquid-filled coiled copper bulb with 200 mm

protection spring and mounting bracket
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts
(heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 16 (4) A, 250 Vac
6 (1) A, 400 Vac
Differentials: see schedule
Working: -35...+65 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage -20...+70 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: Byblend base, ABS cover
double models: sealed ABS
Protection: IP54, class I
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm or 132 x 88 x 70 mm
Weight: 690 g

131
AIR DUCT THERMOSTATS DBTZ

ELECTRICAL WIRING

TR TW STB

DIMENSIONS (mm)

One range model

132
ANTIFREEZE THERMOSTATS DBTF

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Frost protection for heat exchangers and electric heater in air Well-suited for cooling and air conditioning systems and general
conditioning and refrigeration systems. applications in which the temperature must never drop below
Temperature monitoring below a certain fixed safety value. a safety limit:
Self protection if capillary is damaged. - air handling units;
- domestic and industrial areas;
- commercial buildings and sport halls.

TYPE STAGES DIFFERENTIAL RESET PROTECTION CAPILLARY

K LENGTH
m
DBTF-1P 1 1 auto IP54 6
DBTF-2P 1 1 auto IP65 6
DBTF-1PR 1 FT man IP54 6
DBTF-2PR 1 FT man IP65 6
DBTF-3P 1 1 auto IP54 1.8
DBTF-4P 1 1 auto IP65 1.8
DBTF-3PR 1 FT man IP54 1.8
DBTF-4PR 1 FT man IP65 1.8
DBTF-5P 1 1 auto IP54 3
DBTF-6P 1 1 auto IP65 3
DBTF-5PR 1 FT man IP54 3
DBTF-6PR 1 FT man IP65 3

FT manual reset

Accessories:
DBZ-01 pocket, brass 120 mm
DBZ-02 pocket, stainless steel 120 mm
DBZ-05 set of 6 mounting brackets for capillary fixing

TECHNICAL FEATURES NOTE

Sensitive element: gas-filled copper element with bulb (1.8 m The room temperature around the unit body must never drop under
models with 9,5 mm diameter) or gas-filled the setpoint value.
copper coil element (3 or 6 m models)
Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts The capillary is active on full length and for a minimum of 300 mm.
(heat/cool)
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Range: -10...+12 °C and +14...54 °F
Working: -20...+80 °C
0...95% r.h. (non condensing)
Max bulb temp.: +150 °C
Storage: -30...+90 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: cover polycarbonate,
ABS base
Protection: IP65 or IP54, class I
Size: 130 x 130 x 70 mm
Weight: 475…574 g

133
ANTIFREEZE THERMOSTATS DBTF

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIMENSIONS (mm)

Heating
Connect red terminal and blue terminal (fig. 1).
The contact opens during the temperature rising.

Cooling
Connect red terminal and white terminal (fig. 1).
The contact opens during the temperature droping.
The respective free contact closes simultaneously (signal contact).

earth

fig. 1

DBZ-05

134
HYGROSTATS, PRESSURE, FLOW AND LEVEL SWITCHES
ELECTROMECHANICAL HYGROSTATS EUROPEAN STANDARDS

The room hygrostats are suitable for monitoring relative humid- - EN 60335-1: safety of household and similar electrical ap-
ity in air conditioning systems, domestic areas or in close and pliances
dry rooms. - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)

The duct hygrostats are suitable for monitoring relative humid-

ity in air conditioning systems and climatic cabinets with non
aggressive and non inflammable air or gas ducts, domestic
industrial and commercial areas, in greenhouses, swimming ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
pools and textile, paper, printing and film industries.
The accessories are explained at the end of this part.
The models allow a pratical and safe mounting and guarantee
a perfect operation for a long time.

136
ROOM HYGROSTATS DBZH

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Relative humidity room control with: Well-suited in domestic, commercial and industrial areas with
- setpoint adjustment by knob; light pollution for various applications in air conditioning field:
- control of 1 or 2 stage humidifiers and dehumidifiers. - office and computer rooms;
- foodstuffs storehouse;
- greenhouses;
- textile, paper and printing industries;
- swimming pools.

TYPE RANGE HYSTERESIS IN THE STAGE PROTECTION

r.h. r.h.
DBZH-101 35...100% 4% IP30

DBZH-101U 35...100% 4% IP30

U knob under the cover

TECHNICAL FEATURES LOGIC OF OUTPUTS

Sensitive element: several synthetic fabric bands.

Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT con-
tacts
DBZH-101/101U
Switch capacity:
resistive load (lifetime 50.000 cycles)
humidify: 2 A, 250 Vac
dehumidify: 5 A, 230 Vac FX>FW ↔ FX<FW
Inductive load cos ø = 0.8: 0.2 A, 230 Vac
Inductive load L/R = 3 ms: 1 A at 50 Vdc
0.5 A at 75 Vdc
Hysteresis and
differentials: see schedule
Working temp.: 0...+60 ºC fig. 1
< 95% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -20...+70 ºC
< 95% r.h.
Temp. coeff.: -0.2% r.h./K at 20 ºC ELECTRICAL WIRING
Max air speed: 15 m/s
t 0.5 at 2 m/s: 1.2 min The contact 1 - 2 closes and 1 - 4 opens when the relative air humidity
Housing: ABS drops below the setpoint (see fig.1).
Protection: IP20, class II
Size: 115 x 70 x 35 mm
Weight: 130 g

NOTE
The hygrostats must not be in direct contact with water and should
be exposed to air flow.
Not suitable for aggressive media.

137
ROOM HYGROSTATS DBZH

DIMENSIONS (mm)

138
DUCT HYGROSTATS DBKH

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Relative humidity duct control in air conditioning systems with: Well-suited in domestic, commercial and industrial areas with
- setpoint adjustment with knob; light pollution for various applications in air conditioning field:
- control of 1 or 2 stage humidifiers and dehumidifiers. - office and computer rooms;
- foodstuffs storehouse;
- greenhouses;
- textile, paper and printing industries;
- swimming pools.

TYPE RANGE HYSTERESIS IN THE STAGES PROTECTION

r.h. r.h.
DBKH-10 30...100% 5% IP65

DBKH-10U 30...100% 5% IP65

U knob under the cover

TECHNICAL FEATURES LOGIC OF OUTPUTS

Sensitive element: several synthetic fabric bands

Contacts: dust-tight microswitches with SPDT contacts
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Differentials: see schedule
Working: -10...+65 ºC
< 95% r.h. (non condensing) DBKH-10/10U
Storage: -20...+70 ºC FX>FW ↔ FX<FW
< 95% r.h.
Temp. coeff.: -0.2% r.h./K at 20 ºC
Max air speed: 8 m/s
t 0.5 at 2 m/s: 1.2 min
Housing: ABS
Protection: IP65, class I
Tube: nickel-plated brass perforated,
220 mm fig. 1
Size: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
Weight: 480 g

NOTE ELECTRICAL WIRING

The hygrostats must not be in direct contact with water and should
be exposed to air flow. The contact 1 - 2 closes and 1 - 4 opens when the relative air humidity
Not suitable for aggressive media. drops below the setpoint (see fig.1).

139
DUCT HYGROSTATS DBKH

DIMENSIONS (mm)

140
MANOMETERS AND AIR DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SWITCHES EUROPEAN STANDARDS

The units are suitable for all applications in which a visual in- - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)
dication of air differential pressure together with an alarm at a - EN 50081-1 (EMC): generic emission in residential, com-
pre-set value is required. mercial and light industrial environments
- EN 50081-2 (EMC): generic emission in industrial environ-
Typical applications are: ments
- filter monitoring in ventilation plants; - EN 61000-6-2 (EMC): generic immunity in industrial en-
- monitoring of correct fan operating; vironments
- low pressure monitoring in chimney flues; - EN 55022: limits and methods of measurement of elec-
- overpressure monitoring in clean rooms; tromagnetic disturbance characteristics of information
- deactivation of electrical heaters during air missing. technology radio-frequency equipments

The models allow a pratical and safe mounting and guarantee

a perfect operation for a long time. ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
The accessories are explained at the end of this part.

141
MANOMETERS AND AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES DB-M...P...

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Differential pressure visualization of air or non aggressive and Well-suited in domestic, commercial and industrial strong pol-
non inflammable gases with alarm at a pre-set value. luted areas in air conditioning systems for:
The compact unit is complete of: - filter monitoring;
- differential manometer with inclined liquid tube; - correct fan operating control;
- differential pressure switch. - low pressure and overpressure monitoring.

TYPE MANOMETER RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH RANGE HYSTERESIS MAX. PRESSURE

Pa Pa Pa kPa
DB-M6P6 0...600 40...600 30 50

DB-M10P13 0...1500 100...1300 80 50

DB-M6 0...600 200

DB-M10 0...1500 200

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Materials: ABS, PMMA, PC PVC tubes, complete of pressure adjustment knob, terminals for
Sealings: NBR electrical connections and cable gland PG 9 (protection class
Storage: DB-M...: -45...+70 °C according to EN 60529: IP54);
DB-M...P...: -25...+70 °C - PVC tube Ø 4 x 7 - 2,2 m length, pipes and fixing screws.
< 95% r.h.
Size: 290 x 140 x 64 mm
ELECTRICAL WIRING
MANOMETER
Fluid: ISO-paraffin with density at 15 °C The contact 1 - 2 closes and the contact 1 - 3 opens when the diffe-
DB-M6P6 d = 0.786 kg/dm3, red colour rential pressure rises (fig. 1):
DB-M10P13 d = 1.870 kg/dm3, blue colour
Working: -40...+60 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Max pressure: 200 kPa
Accuracy: 5 Pa

PRESSURE SWITCH:
Contact: dust-tight micro-switch with SPDT contacts
Switch capacity: 3 (2) A, 250 Vac
Differential: fixed (see schedule)
Working: -20...+60 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Max pressure: 50 kPa
Protection: IP54, class II fig. 1
Electrical
Connection: with terminals and grommet PG9 DIMENSIONS (mm)
Weight: 400…820 g

cap for filling

GENERAL FEATURES

The compact unit is complete of:

- a differential manometer with an inclined liquid tube, complete
of tank to allow temporary overpressure,
- a bottle containing indication liquid and 2 stickers (red/green);
- a differenital pressure switch connected to the manometer through

zero setting

142
AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES DBL

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Differential pressure for air or non aggressive and non inflam- Well-suited in domestic, commercial and industrial strong pol-
mable gases control. luted areas in air conditioning and ventilating systems for:
Alarm activation at a pre-set value. - filter monitoring;
- correct fan operating control;
- low pressure and overpressure monitoring;
- deactivating of electrical heaters during air missing.

TYPE RANGE HYSTERESIS MAX. PRESSURE

mbar mbar mbar
DBL-205A 0.3...4.0 0.15 ± 15% 100

DBL-205B 0.5...5.0 0.2 ± 15% 100

DBL-205C 0.2...3.0 0.1 ± 15% 100

DBL-205D 2...10 1.0 ± 15% 100

DBL-205E 5...25 1.5 ± 15% 100

DBL-205H 10...50 2.5 ± 15% 100

DBZ-06 - Connection set with 2 PVC(5x8) duct connectors, 2 m flexible PVC 5 x 8 tube and 4 screws for
diffetential pressure switches
Accessories DBZ-14A - Set complete of mounting bracket and screws

DBZ-14B - Set complete of mounting bracket and screws

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Contact: according to EN 1854 (EN 60730)

microswitch with SPDT contacts
Switch capacity: 1.5 (0.4) A, 250 Vac
Differential: fixed (see schedule)
Working temp.: -20...+85 °C
Diaphragm: silicon ( LSR )
Storage: -40...+85 °C
Housing: PS
Protection: IP54, class II
Size: see figure
Weight: 180…210 g

NOTE
Connector P1 of higher pressure or lower vacuum.
Connector P2 of lower pressure or higher vacuum.
Connector Ø 6.0 mm for hose PVC 5 x 8 mm.

143
AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES DBL

ELECTRICAL WIRING

the contact 2 - 3 closes and the contact 1 - 3 opens

when the differential pressure rises (fig. 1).

DIMENSIONS (mm)
fig. 1

DBZ-06
duct connection

DBZ-14A

DBZ-14B

144
FLOW SWITCHES EUROPEAN STANDARDS

The flow switches are suitable for monitoring the media flow - EN 60335-1: safety of household and similar electrical ap-
internally of distribution air ducts and pipes in air conditioning, pliances
air handling and lubrification systems. - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)
- TÜV approval
The air flow switches use paddle measuring technique; the units
cause a minimal pressure drop in the system and are suitable
also in polluted areas. ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
The paddle position depends on the media flow; the switching The accessories are explained at the end of this part.
capacity depends on the microswitch.

The models allow a pratical and safe mounting and guarantee

a perfect operation for a long time.

145
DBSL-1E
DBSL-1EPL

AIR FLOW SWITCHES DBSL

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Air or non aggressive gases flow control. Well-suited in air ducts, air conditioning and air handling
Alarm signal for flow shortage (safety switch). systems.

TYPE MIN. CUT-OUT MIN. CUT-IN MAX. CUT-OUT MAX. CUT-IN MAX. AIR TEMP.
VALUE VALUE VALUE VALUE
m/s m/s m/s m/s °C
DBSL-1E 1.0 2.5 8.0 9.2 85
DBSL-1EPL 1.0 2.5 8.0 9.2 85
Accessories DBZ-08 - Stainless steel Aisi 301 paddle for air flow switch

TECHNICAL FEATURES NOTE

The units are calibrated to the minimum switch-off value. A higher
Contacts: dust-tight microswitch with SPDT contacts value can be adjusted by turning the range screw clockwise. Due to
(n.c./n.o.) the risk of fracture at air speed higher than 5 m/s the paddle must be
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac cut off on the marked side. When the paddle is cut off, the minimum
Working: -40...+85 °C cut-out value increases from 1 m/s to 2,5 m/s.
10...90% r.h. (non condensing) Straights zones should be provided for a length of 5 x diameter
Internal duct upstream and downstream the location of installation to avoid air
temperature: -10...+85 °C swirl and paddle instability.
Level: brass
Paddles: stainless steel AISI 301
Housing: galvanized steel sheet plate, ABS cover
Byblend base and ABS cover (PL version)
Storage: -40...+85 °C DIMENSIONS (mm)
Protection: IP65 on the external duct side
IP65, class I (PL version)
DBSL
Size: 113 x 70 x 65 mm
108 x 70 x 72 mm (PL version)
Weight: 630 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Connect the red and the white contacts (fig. 1).

The contact red-white opens when the flow drops below the set
level.
When the flow is missing the contact red-blue closes and can be
used as a signal or alarm contact.

DBSL/PL

fig. 1

Diagram during flow presence.

DBZ-08

146
DBSF-1... DBSF-3E...6E DBSF-2...PL
DBSF-1K/40
LIQUID FLOW SWITCHES DBSF

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Flow control of aggressive media, water and normal media Well-suited in pipes of general industrial plants:
(depending on model). - heating and air conditioning systems;
Alarm signal of flow shortage (safety switch). - refrigeration systems;
Available in brass, suitable for normal media, and in stainless - sprinkler or anti-fire systems;
steel AISI316L, suitable for sea water and aggressive media. - heat pumps;
- devices for oil monitoring;
- lubrification circuits.

TYPE PIPE MAX NORMAL AGRESSIVE BODY WITH PROTECTION FLOW

PRESSURE MEDIA MEDIA PIPE FITTING RATE
(body in brass) (body in stainless “T”
Ø bar steel AISI 316L)

DBSF-1K 1…8“ 11 • IP65 1

DBSF-1K/40 1…8“ 11 • IP40 1
DBSF-1K/NPT 1…8“ 11 • 1
DBSF-1KPL 1…8“ 11 • 1
DBSF-1E* 1…8“ 11 • IP65 1
DBSF-1EPL* 1…8“ 11 • 1
DBSF-1RE 1…8“ 11 • IP65 2
DBSF-2E** 1…8“ 30 • IP65 1
DBSF-2EPL** 1…8“ 30 • 1
DBSF-2RE 1…8“ 30 • IP65 2
DBSF-2REPL 1…8“ 30 • 2
DBSF-3E 1/2“ 11 • • IP65 3
DBSF-4E 3/4“ 11 • • IP65 3
DBSF-6E 1“ 11 • • IP65 3
Accessories DBZ-09 - Stainless steel Aisi 316L paddles for liquid flow switch

NPT 1” NPT connector * models with TÜV approval S 09-025

PL ABS cover, Byblend base (IP65) ** models with TÜV approval SW(SB) 07-026

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Contacts: dust-tight microswitch with switching

contacts (n.c./n.o.)
Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Working: -40...+85 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Max liquid
temperature: -40...+120 °C
Max pressure: 11 bar (DBSF-2: 30 bar)
Fitting: see flow rate schedule
Body: see schedule above
Paddles: stainless steel AISI 316L
Housing: galvanized steel sheet plate, ABS cover
version PL: Byblend base, ABS cover
Protection: IP65, class I
Size: 113 x 70 x 65 mm
version PL: 108 x 70 x 72 mm
Peso: 950 g

147
LIQUID FLOW SWITCHES DBSF

1 2
H2O FLOW RATE H2OF LOW RATE
DBSF-1K/DBSF-1E/DBSF-2E DBSF-1RE/DBSF-2RE

Pipe Qmax Min. Max. Pipe Min. Max.

connector m3/h adjustment adjustment connector adjustment adjustment
± recommended m3/h m3/h ± m3/h m3/h
cut-off cut-off cut-off cut-off
(cut-in) (cut-in) (cut-in) (cut-in)

1“ 3,6 0,6 (1,0) 2,0 (2,1) 1“ 0,2 (0,6) 1,0 (1,1)

1 1/4“ 6,0 0,8 (1,3) 2,8 (3,0) 1 1/4“ 0,25 (0,9) 1,4 (1,6)
1 1/2“ 9,0 1,1 (1,7) 3,7 (4,0) 1 1/2“ 0,5 (1,2) 1,6 (2,2)
2“ 15,0 2,2 (3,1) 5,7 (6,1) 2“ 0,9 (2,3) 3,6 (4,1)
2 1/2“ 24,0 2,7 (4,0) 6,5 (7,0) 2 1/2“ 1,2 (3,1) 4,9 (5,5)
3“ 36,0 4,3 (6,2) 10,7 (11,4) 3“ 2,1 (4,9) 7,4 (8,2)
4“ 60,0 11,4 (14,7) 27,7 (29,0) 4“ 4,9 (11,3) 17,1 (19,1)
4“ Z 60,0 6,1 (8,0) 17,3 (18,4) 4“ Z 3,3 (7,7) 11,6 (13,0)
5“ 94,0 22,9 (28,4) 53,3 (55,6) 5“ 9,7 (22,4) 34,0 (37,9)
5“ Z 94,0 9,3 (12,9) 25,2 (26,8) 5“ Z 5,0 (11,5) 17,5 (19,6)
6“ 120,0 35,9 (43,1) 81,7 (85,1) 6“ 13,6 (31,5) 47,6 (53,2)
6“ Z 120,0 12,3 (16,8) 30,6 (32,7) 6“ Z 6,1 (14,1) 21,4 (23,9)
8“ 240,0 72,6 (85,1) 165,7 (172,5) 8“ 25,7 (59,6) 90,1 (100,7)
8“ Z 240,0 38,6 (46,5) 90,8 (94,2) 8“ Z 21,7 (36,5) 55,3 (61,8)

For models with suffix “Z” the longest paddle must be used to obtain
the values indicated on the table.
Pressure drop at the maximum flow (Qmax): 0,08 bar
Paddles (models without “T” pipe fitting)

3 PIPE PADDLES
FLOW RATE WITH ıT„ PIPE FITTING
DBSF-3E /-4E /-6E 1” 1

1 1/4” 1
DBSF- Pipe connector Min. Max.
with ıT„ adjustment adjustment 1 1/2” 1
pipe fitting
2” 1,2
± m3/h m3/h
2 1/2” 1,2
cut-off cut-off 3” 1,2,3
(cut-in) (cut-in)
4” 1,2,3
3E 1/2“ 0,174 (0,48) 0,846 (0,948) 4” Z 1,2,3,4
4E 3/4“ 0,138 (0,408) 0,768 (0,858)
5” 1,2,3
6E 1“ 0,2 (0,6) 1,0 (1,1)
5” Z 1,2,3,4

6” 1,2,3

6” Z 1,2,3,4
The “T” connectors have cylindrical GAS thread.
8” 1,2,3

8” Z 1,2,3,4

148
LIQUID FLOW SWITCHES DBSF

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIMENSIONS (mm)

DBSF
Diagram during flow presence.

earth

fig. 1

Adjustment screw for flowrate

Connect the red and the white contacts of the microswitch (fig. 1).
The contact red-white opens when the flow drops below the set
level.
When the flow is missing the contact red-blue closes and can be
used as a signal or alarm contact. DBSF/PL

INSTALLATION

The flowswitch can installed in every position far from elbows or

throttlings, with arrow on flow direction. If pipe is vertical, recali-
brate range to balance paddle weight. If the device is downwards
mounted take care to slags, and apply it in a straight pipe far from
filters, valves, etc with length at least 5 times the diameter of pipe
upstream and downstream the unit.

NOTE
The flowswitch is factory calibrated at its min. sensitivity. To increase
the set value turn clockwise the adjustment screw. The cut-out value
must be >- the minimum flow necessary to guarantee the protection
of the plant. The units without “T” fittings are supplied with 4 paddles,
which must be cut off according to the pipe. All devices can be sup-
plied with “T” connection on request as schedule indications.

ATTENTION
If flowswitch is used as a minimum flow controller, it is neces-
sary to add another device downstream for alarm condition L changeable length (see the drawing of the paddles)
activation.
MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS

G1
10

25
30

149
LIQUID FLOW SWITCHES DB3...MI

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Liquid flow control for non aggressive liquid with small and Well-suited in:
medium quantity. The units cause a low pressure drop and - heating and air conditioning systems;
present a high reliability. - refrigeration systems;
Alarm signal of flow shortage (safety switch). - devices for oil monitoring;
- lubrification circuits.

TYPE FITTING SETTING RANGE MAX. FLOW RATE PRESSURE LOSS TOLLERANCE
RECOMMENDED (MAX FLOW RATE)
G l/min H2O l/min H2O bar ± % VF (*)
DB3-10MI 3/8” 4.0 - 5.5 10 0.01 15

DB3-15MI 1/2” 5.5 - 7.0 20 0.01 15

DB3-20MI 3/4” 7.5 - 10.0 40 0.01 15

DB3-25MI 1” 14 - 18 60 0.01 15

DB3-32MI 1 1/4” 22 - 30 80 0.01 15

DB3-40MI 1 1/2” 37 - 50 100 0.01 15

DB3-50MI 2” 67 - 93 150 0.01 15

(*) VF end of scale

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Contacts: dust-tight microswitch with gold SPDT The microswitch contact “C” (common) and “NO” (normally open) is
contacts already wired for use and provided with a 1,5 m cable.
Switch capacity: 5 A, 250 Vac This contact opens when the value drops below the set switch-off
Max fluid value.
temperature: +110 °C The “NC” contact (normally closed) can be used as a signal contact
Min fluid (fig.1).
temperature: -20 °C
Max pressure: 25 bar
Differential: see schedule
Hysteresis: min. 0,7 l/min
Plug: connector female DIN 43650-A
Storage: -20...+70 °C
Housing: POM
Body: brass nickel plated
Paddle: stainless steel
Sealing: NBR
Protection: IP65, class I
fig. 1
Size: see diagram
Weight: see table
FUNCTIONING

The stainless steel paddle moves because of flow that is stronger

than spring return. The end arm part is mounted on a primary ma-
gnet. It actuates a secondary magnet that is external to flow and is
mounted on the microswitch contact lever.

150
LIQUID FLOW SWITCHES DB3...MI

NOTE
After the cap nut has been removed the switch-off value can be
changed slightly by adjustment of indicator between the minimum
and the maximum.
During installation take care to the correct flow direction. A straight
zone of at least 5 x D must be provided upstram and downstream
the location of installation.

DIMENSIONS (mm)

G DN H (mm) WEIGHT (g)

3/8” 10 87 300
1/2” 15 87 300
3/4” 20 88 346
1” 25 92 386
1 1/4” 32 96 518
1 1/2” 40 99 642
2” 50 108 990

F flow

151
ELECTROMECHANICAL
LEVEL SWITCHES EUROPEAN STANDARDS

The level switches are suitable for monitoring the normal and - EN 60335-1: safety of household and similar electrical ap-
aggressive media level of tanks and barrels and can supply a pliances
alarm signal. - EN 60529: casing degree of protection (IP code)

The models allow a pratical and safe mounting and guarantee

a perfect operation for a long time.

INSTALLATION:

The unit must be screwed to the connection present on the tank

with lever and float on horizontal position and with arrow printed
on the body upward.
After the electrical wiring are done, close the cover with the PG
downward to avoid humidity enters the unit.

152
LEVEL SWITCHES DBSQ

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

Level control of normal liquids contained in tanks and barrels. Well-suited in tanks and barrels.
Alarm signal of minimum or maximum level (safety switch).

TYPE DIFFERENTIAL MAX. PRESSURE MAX. THREADED BODY FLOAT

TEMPERATURE
mm bar °C 1”G
DBSQ-01 10/14 11 85 brass acrylic

TECHNICAL FEATURES DIMENSIONS (mm)

Contacts: dust-tight microswitch with SPDT contacts

Switch capacity: 15 (8) A, 24...250 Vac
Max liquid
temperature: +85 °C
Max pressure: see schedule
Level length: 200 mm
Working: -40...+85 °C
10...90% r.h. (non condensing)
Storage: -40...+85 °C
< 95% r.h.
Housing: galvanized steel sheet plate with ABS
cover sealed
Protection: IP65, class I
Size: 113 x 70 x 65 mm
Weight: 960 g

ELECTRICAL WIRING

Connect the red and the white contacts (fig.1).

The contact red-white opens when the liquid level raises the float.
The contact red-blue closes at the same time and can be used as
a signal or alarm contact.

earth

fig.1

NOTE
The adjustment is fixed and not changeable

153
ACCESSORIES DBZ

DIMENSIONS

POCKETS
TYPE A B C D E MATERIAL
DBZ-01 2
120 140 11 10 15 Brass/Cu Ni
DBZ-022 120 148 12 10 15 Stainless steel Aisi 304
DBZ-162 120 140 10 8.5 15 Brass/Cu Ni
DBZ-16/14 120 140 10 8.5 15 Brass/Cu Ni
DBZ-172 120 148 10 8.5 15 Stainless steel Aisi 304
DBZ-17/14 120 148 10 8.5 15 Stainless steel Aisi 304
DBZ-18 2
40 61 11 10 15 Brass/Cu Ni
DBZ-19 40 68 10 8.5 15 Stainless steel Aisi 304
DBZ-30/14 120 140 8 7 15 Brass/Cu Ni
DBZ-31/14 120 148 9 7 15 Stainless steel Aisi 304
DBZ-40/14 100 128 16 15 15 Brass/Cu Ni
DBZ-41/14 120 148 16 15 15 Stainless steel Aisi 304

2
with cap

154
MOTORIZED VALVES
ELECTRIC VALVE ACTUATORS

SM SE1 SE2 SE4 SE6 DB-DA71

ACTUATORS AND synchro- thermostatic, 2-, 3-point/ 2-, 3-point/ 2-, 3-point/ 2-, 3-point/
VALVE BODIES nous, 2 pos./ proportio- proportio- proportio- proportio-
2 pos. proportional, nal, 24 Vac, nal, 24 Vac, nal, 24 Vac, nal, 24 Vac,
COUPLING 24 Vac, 24 Vac, 230 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac
230 Vac Vac - 100- 200 N 400 N 600 N 2500 N
140N
VALVE BODIES PN 16

DB- threaded
2-, 3-way G 1/2-1
VZ

threaded
2-way,
VFX2 stroke
2.5 mm

threaded
VFX3
3-way, G 1/2-
stroke
2.5 mm
3/4

threaded
3-way,
VFX4 4 port
stroke
2.5 mm

threaded
2-way,
VFT2 stroke
4.5 mm

threaded
VFT3
3 way, G 1/2-
stroke
4.5 mm
3/4

threaded
3-way,
VFT4 4 port
stroke
4.5 mm

threaded
2-way,
VFZ2 stroke
5.5 mm
G 1/2-
threaded 1 1/2
3-way,
VFZ3 stroke
5.5 mm

threaded
2-way,
VFS2 stroke
16.5 mm
G 1/2-2
threaded
3-way,
VFS3 stroke
16.5 mm

flanged
2-way,
VFSF2 stroke
16.5 mm
DN
flanged 20-50
3-way,
VFSF3 stroke
16.5 mm

flanged
2-way,
2F stroke
21, 41, 42 mm
DN
flanged 65-200
3-way,
3F stroke
21, 41, 42 mm
ON-OFF ZONE VALVES WITH ACTUATOR DB-VZ + SM...

FUNCTION APPLICATION

On-off control of heat or cool water flow. The valves DB-VZ coupled with the synchronous motor SM230/
Coupling between synchronous motor and body valve with CA, SM24/CA and SM230/SA, SM24/SA are suitable for heating
ring nut. and cooling water in zone systems for ON-OFF control.
The synchronous motor opens the valve (normally closed) ac- Typical applications are for fan-coil units.
cording to the command signal of a thermostat; at the signal
interruption a spring returns the valve to the closed position.
- 2-way valves: the plug closes against the flow;
- 3-way valves: the plug blocks the flow toward user side.

TYPE CONNECTION WAY/MODEL POWER SUPPLY KVs MAX. DIFF. PRESS. RUNNING TIME
m³/h bar s

OPEN CLOSED

DB-VZ2-15 G 1/2 2 1.5 2.5 ≤10 ≤5

DB-VZ2-20 G 3/4 2 2.5 1.0 ≤10 ≤5

DB-VZ2-25 G1 2 4.8 0.6 ≤10 ≤5

DB-VZ3-15 G 1/2 3 1.5 2.5 ≤10 ≤5

DB-VZ3-20 G 3/4 3 2.5 1.0 ≤10 ≤5

DB-VZ3-25 G1 3 4.8 0.6 ≤10 ≤5

with auxiliary
SM230/CA 230 Vac ± 10%
switch
with auxiliary
SM24/CA 24 Vac ± 10%
switch
without auxiliary
SM230/SA 230 Vac ± 10%
switch
without auxiliary
SM24/SA 24 Vac ± 10%
switch

TECHNICAL FEATURES GENERAL FEATURES

Synchronous motor: - Connection between actuator and valve by nut for a convenient-
Power supply: see schedule mounting
Max electrical load: 3 A, 125...250 Vac - Female threaded connections.
Power consumption: 7 VA - Power supply from electric system, synchronous motor with clutch.
Working temp.: +0...+60 ºC - Actuator is fitted with manual operating lever for manual override
Working humidy: non-condensing when power supply is not applied or if a power failure occurs.
Material: plate: casting aluminium alloyed - Silent operation.
cover: fire-proof ABS - Strong gear and spring for long term working.
Protection: IP20, class II - Reliability.
Dimensions: see schedule - Models are available with an optional end stroke switch to provide
Weight: see schedule valve position indication or control function such as pump or fan start/
stop.
Valve:
Valve type: 2 or 3 ways
Fluid temp.: +2...+94 ºC
Material: valve body: forged brass
valve rod: stainless steel Aisi 302
Seal material: NBR
Storage temp.: -20...+70 ºC
Dimensions: see schedule
Weight: see schedule

157
ON-OFF ZONE VALVES WITH ACTUATOR DB-VZ + SM...

INSTALLATION

2-way valves normally closed: the flow direction is 2-way valve

shown in figure (the valve closes against the flow of the
water, fig.1).
power supply

thermostat

water supply water return

cooling/heating coil

fig.1

3-way diverting valves: inlet is the normaly closed end and 3-way valve
the normally open end is the bypass port (the inlet part is
unmarked, fig.2 and fig.3). power supply

normal-closed end thermostat

water return
normal-opened end
inlet (bypass)

water supply

cooling/heating coil fig.2

3-way valve with strap-on change-over switch

power supply

normal-closed end
3-wire thermostat

water return

inlet

fig.3
water supply

cooling/heating coil

Important notes for fan-coil installations:

Valve motor and gear train will not operate properly when wet. Motor
housing must be protected from drip. The actuator together with
the valve body do not need to be protected against condensation
when installed horizontaly or up to 85º from upright position (see
fig. 1). When mounted in vertical piping, motor housing must be
protected from drip.

fig.1

158
ON-OFF ZONE VALVES WITH ACTUATOR DB-VZ + SM...

DIMENSIONS (mm)

TYPE MAX. DIFF. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT

PRESSURE (KPa)
(CLOSED OFF) mm g
A B C
DB-VZ2-15 250 54 114 100 270
DB-VZ3-15 250 54 130 100 250
DB-VZ2-20 100 63 122 103 490
DB-VZ3-20 100 63 135 103 400
DB-VZ2-25 60 78 126 106 660
DB-VZ3-25 60 78 144 106 750

WIRING DIAGRAM

SM230/CA (SM24/CA)

regulator

black orange

orange

black

230 Vac (24 Vac)

159
ELECTROTHERMAL ACTUATORS FOR MANIFOLDS AND VALVES SE1C

APPLICATION

Electrothermal actuator SE1C is used in underfloor and ceiling Models SE1C24S and SE1C230S have got an auxiliary contact
heating systems. that closes when collector is open.
A temperature regulator can drive the electrothermal actuator When actuator is not any more powered on, the collector is
by closing a contact. The sensible element inside the capsule closed.
spreads out causing the movement of the shaft and opens
the valve.

TYPE FORCE STROKE POWER SUPPLY ACTION POWER CONSUMPTION

N mm Vac 50/60 HZ VA
SE1C24 90 3.5 24 On/Off 3.0
SE1C230 90 3.5 230 On/Off 3.0
SE1C24S 90 3.5 24 On/Off 3.0
SE1C230S 90 3.5 230 On/Off 3.0

Options:
S models with 1 auxiliary microswitch 230 Vac, 3 A

Accessory:
ADVFX adapter for VFX coupling up to Kvs 2.5 to close the valve normally open on direct way.

TECHNICAL FEATURES INSTALLATIONS

Power supply: Mount the thermal actuator on the body of collector by pressing it
SE1C24, SE1C24S 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz downward and tighten the metal ring nut on the thread. This opera-
SE1C230, SE1C230S 230 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz tion must be done when the actuator is cold (not powered on). Per-
Peak current: form the electrical connections as per electrical wiring diagrams.
SE1C24, SE1C24S < 0.25 A Pay attention that the power supply value corresponds to the value
SE1C230, SE1C230S < 0.70 A of actuator indicated on label stuck on the unit.
Aux. switch rating: 230 Vac 3 A The actuator has a red position indicator (fig.1).
Sensing element: special wax
Timing:
SE1C230, SE1C230S 3.5 min (3.5 mm at 20 ºC)
fig.1
SE1C24, SE1C24S 4.5 min (3.5 mm at 20 ºC)
Working temp.: 0...50 ºC
Working humidity: 10...90 % r.h. (without condensing) collettor closed collettor open
Storage temp.: -10...60ºC
Cable: PVC, section 2(4) x 0,50 mm2, length 1 m
Connection: metal ring M30 x 1.5
Housing: transparent
Protection class: IP40, IP44 if mounted vertically
class II (SE1C230, SE1C230S),
class III (SE1C24, SE1C24S)
Self extinguishing: V0 - V1 according to UL94
Dimensions: see next page
Weight: 150 g

position indicator

160
ELECTROTHERMAL ACTUATORS FOR MANIFOLDS AND VALVES SE1C

WIRING DIAGRAM AND DIMENSIONS (mm)

48,5

SE1C24, SE1C230

100

COM Blue
24/230 Vac Brown
35
M30x1,5

48,5

SE1C24S, SE1C230S

100

65
COM Blue
24/230 Vac
Brown
SE1C24S, SE1C230S

Auxiliary Grey
contact 35
Black M30x1,5

Manifold closed, contact open, actuator not powered on

Manifold open, contact closed, actuator powered on

48,5
40

161
FAN COIL VALVE BODIES - STROKE 2,5 mm VFX

APPLICATION

VFX valves series are used in heating, cooling and air-condition- On request they can be supplied with plastic cap that ensures
ing system. Two-way and three-way VFX valves are normally stem protection and manual action.
closed on direct way. VFX valves are compact, reliable and can They can be used with SE1 electrothermal actuators.
be easy mounted.

TYPE WAY CONNECTION KVs MAX DIFF. PRESS.

m3/h bar

DIRECT WAY ANGLE WAY

VFX210 2 G 1/2 0.25 - 2.5
VFX211 2 G 1/2 0.4 - 2.5
VFX212 2 G 1/2 0.6 - 2.5
VFX213 2 G 1/2 1.0 - 2.5
VFX214 2 G 1/2 1.6 - 2.5
VFX235 2 G 3/4 2.5 - 2.5
VFX237 2 G 3/4 4.0 - 2.5
VFX239 2 G 3/4 6.0 - 2.5
VFX310 3 G 1/2 0.25 0.25 2.5
VFX311 3 G 1/2 0.4 0.4 2.5
VFX312 3 G 1/2 0.6 0.6 2.5
VFX313 3 G 1/2 1.0 0.8 2.5
VFX314 3 G 1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5
VFX335 3 G 3/4 2.5 1.6 2.5
VFX337 3 G 3/4 4.0 2.5 2.5
VFX339 3 G 3/4 6.0 4.0 2.5
VFX410 3 (4 port) G 1/2 0.25 0.25 2.5
VFX411 3 (4 port) G 1/2 0.4 0.4 2.5
VFX412 3 (4 port) G 1/2 0.6 0.6 2.5
VFX413 3 (4 port) G 1/2 1.0 0.8 2.5
VFX414 3 (4 port) G 1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5
VFX435 3 (4 port) G 3/4 2.5 1.6 2.5
VFX437 3 (4 port) G 3/4 4.0 2.5 2.5
VFX439 3 (4 port) G 3/4 6.0 4.0 2.5

TECHNICAL FEATURES Fluids: water with max. 40% of glycol

Fluid temperature: +2...+95 ºC
Nominal pressure: PN16 Actuator: electrothermal SE1 series
Stroke: 2,5 mm Dimensions: see next page
Regulation mode: linear Weight: see schedule on next page
Leakage: perfect sealing
Valve body: forged brass Accessory: manual control VTP
Stem: PA + GF
Stem gland seal: “O“ ring FKM
Plug spring: stainless steel FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES
Flow guide: PPO + GP
Plug: PA + GF - Connection between actuator and valve by threaded male M30x1.5
ring nut
- Threaded connection GAS with smooth beat
- Silent operating
- Reliability

162
FAN COIL VALVE BODIES - STROKE 2,5 mm VFX

INSTALLATION

Before mounting the valve body be sure that the pipes are clean Valve must not be subjected to water or steam jets or dripping
and free of soldering scraps. Pipes must be lined up squarely liquid. 3-way valve must be used in mixing way (2 inlets 1 output).
with the valve at each connection and free of vibrations. Install If the valve is used in diverting way (1 inlet 2 outputs), the max
the valve/actuator vertically or horizontaly but never upside differential pressure allowed is one third of the value indicated
down. Leave enough clearance to facilitate the dismounting of in the schedule.
actuator from the valve body for maintenance purpose.

user user user

2-way valve 3-way valve 3-way valve with 4 ports

PRESSURE DROP CHART

manual control VTP E >= 130 mm

G
4.0
VFX2xx
20-
DN .5
2
20-
DN -1.6
1 5
DN
1.0
N 15-
D 3
0.6
15-
DN 04.
15-
DN .25
0
15-
DN
G

KVs nominal flow coefficient

V 100 evaluated flow coefficient at ∆pv100
Δ pv100 differential pressure of valve
DIMENSIONS (mm) completely open

TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT (g) VFX3xx

G A B C D
VFX210-214 G 1/2 52 46 20 62 110
VFX235 G 3/4 56 46 22 62 120
VFX237 G 3/4 78 59 35 75 420
VFX239 G 3/4 78 59 35 75 420
VFX310-314 G 1/2 52 52 26 68 116
G

VFX335 G 3/4 56 57 32 73 144

VFX337 G 3/4 78 70 45 86 430
VFX339 G 3/4 78 70 45 86 430
G

VFX410-414 G 1/2 52 70 35 86 164

VFX435 G 3/4 56 88 50 104 228
VFX4xx
VFX437 G 3/4 78 82 44 98 520
VFX439 G 3/4 78 82 44 98 520

163
ELECTROTHERMAL ACTUATORS 100N / 140N SE1

APPLICATION

Electrothermal actuator SE1 is used to control zone and fan- the movement of the shaft. So the stem valve connected to the
coil valves in HVAC systems. SE1 is suitable to drive VFX valve shaft moves and opens the valve.
bodies series. When actuator is powered off, the shaft goes up and the valve
When actuators is not energized the valves are normaly closed moves to the closed position by a spring return. The assembly
on direct way. Two action types are available: On-Off and actuator/valve body is done directly by a metal ring nut easy,
modulating 0…10 Vdc. no tool is necessary.
The sensing element inside the capsule spreads out causing The actuator is fitted with position valve indication.

TYPE FORCE STROKE POWER SUPPLY ACTION POWER

Vac 50/60 HZ CONSUMPTION
N mm VA
SE1T24 100 2.5 24 On/Off 3.0
SE1T230 100 2.5 230 On/Off 3.0
SE1T24S 100 2.5 24 On/Off 3.0
SE1T230S 100 2.5 230 On/Off 3.0
SE1TP24 140 2.5 24 On/Off 3.0
SE1TP230 140 2.5 230 On/Off 3.0
SE1TP24S 140 2.5 24 On/Off 3.0
SE1TP230S 140 2.5 230 On/Off 3.0
modulating
SE1M24 100 2.5 24 3.5
0…10 Vdc
modulating
SE1M24 140 2.5 24 3.5
0…10 Vdc

Optional:
S with 1 auxiliary microswitch, only for models SE1T and SE1TP (On-Off)

TECHNICAL FEATURES INSTALLATIONS

Mount the thermal actuator on the valve body and tighten the metal
Power supply:
ring nut on the thread of bonnet valve body. This operation must be
SE1M24, SE1MP24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
done when the actuator is cold (not powered on). Perform the elec-
SE1T24, SE1TP24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
trical connections as per electrical wiring diagrams. Pay attention
SE1T230, SE1TP230 230 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
that the power supply value corresponds to the value of actuator
Peak current:
indicated on label stuck on the unit.
SE1M24, SE1MP24 < 0.25 A
SE1T24, SE1TP24 < 0.25 A
SE1T230, SE1TP230 < 0.70 A
Aux. switch rating: 250 Vac 3 A
Sensing element: special wax
fig.1
Timing: Stroke indicator
SE1T230, SE1TP230 3.5 min (2.5 mm at 20 ºC)
SE1T24, SE1TP24 4.5 min (2.5 mm at 20 ºC)
Working temp.: 0...50 ºC
Working humidity: 10...90 % r.h. (without condensing)
Storage temp.: -20...70ºC
Cable: PVC, section 2 x 0,50 mm2, length 2 m
Connection: metal ring M30 x 1.5
Housing: transparent
Protection class: IP40, IP44 if mounted vertically
class II (SE1T230, SE1TP230),
class III (SE1T24, SE1TP24, SE1M24, SE1MP24)
Self extinguishing: V0 - V1 according to UL94
Dimensions: see next page
Weight: 200 g

164
ELECTROTHERMAL ACTUATORS 100N / 140N SE1

WIRING DIAGRAM AND DIMENSIONS (mm)

SE1M24, SE1MP24

COM Blue
IN. (Y) 0...10 V Black
24 Vac Brown

SE1T24, SE1TP24 / SE1T230, SE1TP230

COM Blue
24/230 Vac
SE1T24, SE1TP24/ Brown
SE1T230, SE1TP230

SE1T24S, SE1TP24S / SE1T230S, SE1TP230S

COM Blue
24/230 Vca
SE1T24S, SE1TP24S/ Brown
SE1T230S, SE1TP230S
Aux. Grey
contact
Black

Closed valve A-AB way, contact open

Open valve A-AB way, contact closed

165
FAN COIL VALVE BODIES - STROKE 4,5 mm VFT

APPLICATION

VFT series valve is used in heating, cooling and air-conditioning The double O-ring stem packing ensures high sealing perfor-
system. Three models are available: VFT21x (2-way), VFT31x mance. VFT valves are compact, reliable and can be easy
(3-way) and VFT41x (3-way 4-port). 2-way and 3-way VFT valves mounted.
are normaly closed on direct way (angle way on 3-way valve is They can be used with SE2 electrothermal actuators.
normaly open), actuators that drive them can be electrothermal
or electromechanical type.

TYPE WAY CONNECTION KVs MAX PRESS. DIFF.

m3/h bar
DIRECT WAY ANGLE WAY
VFT210 2 G 1/2 0.25 - 2.5
VFT211 2 G 1/2 0.4 - 2.5
VFT212 2 G 1/2 0.6 - 2.5
VFT213 2 G 1/2 1.0 - 2.5
VFT214 2 G 1/2 1.6 - 2.5
VFT215 2 G 1/2 2.5 - 2.5
VFT235 2 G3/4 2.5 - 2.5
VFT237 2 G3/4 4.0 - 2.5
VFT239 2 G 3/4 6.0 - 2.5
VFT310 3 G 1/2 0.25 0.25 2.5
VFT311 3 G 1/2 0.4 0.4 2.5
VFT312 3 G 1/2 0.6 0.6 2.5
VFT313 3 G 1/2 1.0 0.8 2.5
VFT314 3 G 1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5
VFT315 3 G 1/2 2.5 1.6 2.5
VFT335 3 G 3/4 2.5 1.6 2.5
VFT337 3 G 3/4 4.0 2.5 2.5
VFT339 3 G 3/4 6.0 4.0 2.5
VFT410 3 (4 port) G 1/2 0.25 0.25 2.5
VFT411 3 (4 port) G 1/2 0.4 0.4 2.5
VFT412 3 (4 port) G 1/2 0.6 0.6 2.5
VFT413 3 (4 port) G 1/2 1.0 0.8 2.5
VFT414 3 (4 port) G 1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5
VFT415 3 (4 port) G 1/2 2.5 1.6 2.5
VFT435 3 (4 port) G 3/4 2.5 1.6 2.5
VFT437 3 (4 port) G 3/4 4.0 2.5 2.5
VFT439 3 (4 port) G 3/4 6.0 4.0 2.5

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Nominal pressure: PN16 Accessory: manual control VTP

Control stroke: 4,5 mm Plug: PA + GF
Regulation mode: linear Stem gland seal: “O“ ring FKM
Leakage: perfect sealing Fluids: water with max. 40% of glycol
Valve body: forged brass Fluid temperature: +2...+95 ºC
Stem: PA + GF Dimensions: see schedule on next page
Plug spring: stainless steel Weight: see schedule on next page
Flow guide: PPO + GP Actuator: electrothermal SE2 series

166
FAN COIL VALVE BODIES - STROKE 4,5 mm VFT

INSTALLATION

user user user

2-way valve 3-way valve 3-way valve with 4 ports

PRESSURE DROP CHART

manual control VTP E >= 130 mm

G
6.0
20-
DN 4.0
2 0 -
5
DN 20-2.
N
1 5/D VFT2xx
DN 1.6
15-
DN .0
- 1
15
DN 3
0.6
15-
DN 04.
15-
DN .25
0
15-
DN KVs nominal flow coefficient
V 100 evaluated flow coefficient at ∆pv100
Δ pv100 differential pressure of valve
completely open
G

DIMENSIONS (mm)
TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT (g)
G A B C D
VFT3xx
VFT210-214 G 1/2 52 46 20 62 110
VFT235 G 3/4 56 46 22 62 120
VFT237 G 3/4 78 59 35 75 420
VFT239 G 3/4 78 59 35 75 420
VFT310-314 G 1/2 52 52 26 68 116
VFT335 G 3/4 56 57 32 73 144
G

VFT337 G 3/4 78 70 45 86 430

VFT339 G 3/4 78 70 45 86 430
G

VFT410-414 G 1/2 52 70 35 86 164

VFT435 G 3/4 56 88 50 104 228
VFT437 G 3/4 78 82 44 98 520
VFT4xx
VFT439 G 3/4 78 82 44 98 520

167
ELECTRICAL ACTUATORS 200 N SE2

APPLICATIONS

Actuators can be used with valve bodies VFT and are available motor and so the stem of the valve by using a allen spanner. In
in two versions: order to do easy electrical wiring, actuators are supplied with
- 3 points (floating) a plug-in cable.
- proportional 0...10 V, 4..20 mA. Every time an end of stroke is met during regulation the actuator
The connection to the valve is done directly by a metal ring nut stops supplying the motor in order to save energy.
without any tool. After power supply is on it is not necessary to
do any calibration because the actuator can self-calibrate to the
stroke (proportional type only). It is possible to make moving the

TYPE FORCE STROKE POWER SUPPLY ACTION POWER

CONSUMPTION
N mm Vac 50/60 HZ VA
SE2M24 200 5.5 24 0…10 Vdc/4…20mA 3.0
SE2F24 200 5.5 24 2-, 3-point (floating) 1.2

SE2F230 200 5.5 110…240 2-, 3-point (floating) 17.0

TECHNICAL FEATURES INSTALLATION

Power supply: Actuator is factory supplied with the shaft in upper position. Other-
- SE2M24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz wise, power off the unit, and insert a hexagonal key into screw of
- SE2F24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz manual override on top of the cover. Drive the shaft in upper position
- SE2F230 110...240 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz turning the key anticlockwise. Mount the actuator onto valve body
Running time: approx. 70 sec. and tighten the metal ring nut on the thread of bonnet valve body.
Input signal: 65 kOhm for 0...10 Vdc Pay attention that the clearance around the unit is sufficient to mount
500 Ohm for 4...20 mA correctly the actuator. Perform the electrical connections as per the
Manual override: 3 mm hexagonal key wiring diagrams. Pay attention that power supply value corresponds
Working temp.: 0...50 ºC to the value of actuator indicated on label stuck on the unit.
Storage: -20...70 °C
Working hum.: 10...90 % r.h. (non condensing)
Cable: PVC, section 3 x 0.5 mm2, length 1.5 m
Connection: metal ring M30 x 1.5 SE2M24 has different Input signals as per below table (selectable
Housing: transparent by jumpers):
Protection class: IP54, class II SE2F230
class III (SE2M24, SE2F24)
Dimensions: see diagrams INPUT SIGNALš IMPEDANCE (Rin)
Weight: 260 g
0...10 V ~ 65 kOhm
NOTE = 500 Ohm
4...20 mA
An indicator on the front of the unit indicates the current position.

168
ELECTRICAL ACTUATORS 200 N SE2

WIRING DIAGRAM

SE2F24 / SE2F230 SE2M24

COM. Blue COM. Blue

DOWN Black IN. (Y) 0...10 V Black
UP Brown 24 Vca Brown

INPUT SIGNAL J1 J2

0...10 V
4...20 mA
DIRECT ACTION

REVERSE ACTION

Jumper unmounted
Jumper mounted

DIMENSIONS (mm)

169
GLOBE VALVES BODIES - STROKE 5,5 mm VFZ

APPLICATION AND USE WORKING

VFZ valve bodies are used in HVAC systems to control fluid in Stem up : direct way A -AB closed
heating, cooling, refrigeration, ventilation in civil or industrial (B-AB for 3 way valve open)
plants. Valves are fitted with female threaded connections in 2
and 3-way. 3-way valves are used in mixing mode, they can be Stem down : direct way A-AB open
used in diverting mode reducing the max differential pressure (B-AB for 3 way valve closed)
value by 50%. Do not use the bypass (angle way) as control
port. VFZ valve bodies are motorized by SE4 series electric
actuators.

TYPE CONNECTION KVs MAX DIFF. PRESSURE (*)

m3/h bar
2-WAY 3-WAY
VFZ210 VFZ310 G 1/2 0.25 2.5 (10.0)

VFZ211 VFZ311 G 1/2 0.4 2.5 (10.0)

VFZ212 VFZ312 G 1/2 0.63 2.5 (10.0)

VFZ213 VFZ313 G 1/2 1.0 2.5 (10.0)

VFZ214 VFZ314 G 1/2 1.6 2.5 (10.0)

VFZ215 VFZ315 G 1/2 2.5 2.5 (10.0)

VFZ218 VFZ318 G 3/4 4.0 2.0 (5.0)

VFZ220 VFZ320 G 3/4 6.3 2.0 (5.0)

VFZ225 VFZ325 G1 10.0 2.0 (2.5)

VFZ232 VFZ332 G 1 1/4 13.0 2.0 (2.5)

VFZ240 VFZ340 G 1 1/2 18.0 2.0 (2.0)

(*) the values in the brackets are the max diff. pressure when valve is fully closed and actuator is still able to open or close the valve with security.
the values outside the brackets are the suggested max pressure drop (valve fully open)

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Nominal pressure: PN16 (ISO7268/EN1333) Control flow

Connections: threaded female GAS characteristics: linear
Valve body: cast-iron G25 Leakage: direct way A-AB perfect sealing
Plug : brass OT58 angle way B-AB 0,2% KVs
Plug gasked: FKM O-ring Rangeability: 50:1
Stem: stainless steel AISI304 Fluid temperature: -10...+120 ºC
Stem packing: FKM O-ring Fluids type: water, water with glycol max. 50%
Stem packing nut: brass OT58 Dimensions/weight: see relevant table
Spring: stainless steel AISI304
Control stroke: 5.5 mm

ACCESSORIES
RP1/2”...RP2” fitting for valve piping connections

170
GLOBE VALVES BODIES - STROKE 5,5 mm VFZ

INSTALLATION

PIPING CONNECTIONS
Make the piping connections according to flow directions indicated on
valve body as the following drawings.
AB is always the output. Input is A for 2-way valve, A and B for 3-way
valve.

A AB
2-way valve

A AB
3-way valve

VALVE MOUNTING
Before mounting the valve body be sure that the pipes are clean and The valve must not be installed in explosive atmosphere or in ambient
free of soldering scraps. Pipes must be lined up squarely with the valve with temperature and humidity outside the ranges indicated on tech-
at each connection and free of vibrations. Install the valve/actuator nical features part. Valve must not be subjected to water or steam jets
vertically or horizontaly but never upside down. Leave enough clea- or dripping liquid. 3-way valve must be used in mixing way (2 inlets 1
rance to facilitate the dismounting of actuator from the valve body for output). If the valve is used in diverting way (fig.3, 1 inlet 2 outputs), the
maintenance purpose. max differential pressure allowed is reduced by 50%.

fig.1 fig.2 fig.3

2-way 3-way mixing used in mixing application 3-way mixing used in diverting application
toward user toward user

171
GLOBE VALVES BODIES - STROKE 5,5 mm VFZ

CONTROL DROP DIAGRAM

KVs nominal flow rate

V 100 nominal flow rate at ∆pv100
Δ pv100 differential pressure drop across
the valve fully open

CONTROL FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

3-way used as mixing inlet in A and B, outlet AB

3-way used as diverting inlet in AB outlet from A and B

Via AB constant flow

Via A variable flow
Via B (bypass) variable flow
Flow

Stroke

172
GLOBE VALVES BODIES - STROKE 5,5 mm VFZ

DIAGRAM PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE

Working pressure

Working temperature

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)

G A B C C1 D H min. WEIGHT (g)

VFZ3 VFZ2 VFZ2 VFZ3
G 1/2 66 55.3 40.5 32.5 33.0 205 600 620
G 3/4 90 60.8 56.0 42.0 45.0 210 1050 1150
G1 96 68.3 59.2 40.5 48.0 220 1400 1150
G 1 1/4 109 71.3 67.2 47.5 54.5 225 1850 2000
G 1 1/2 122 75.8 72.0 55.0 61.0 230 2650 2700

173
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 400 N SE4

APPLICATION

Electric actuator SE4 is suitable to drive VFZ valve body series in The actuator is self-adjusting (SE4M24). When it is powered-on
HVAC systems. Two action types are available: the stroke is automatically adapted to the valve, no calibration is
- floating (3-point) required. Actuator is fitted with manual override by a hexagonal
- modulating Vdc and mA. key. A LED indicates the current state of the actuator: adjustment,
Actuator is equipped with torque limit device, to power off when control, end stroke position, error condition.
actuator reaches the end-strokes. The assembly actuator/valve
body is done directly and easy by a metal ring nut, no tool is
necessary.

TYPE FORCE STROKE POWER SUPPLY ACTION POWER CONSUMPTION

N mm Vac 50/60 HZ VA

SE4M24 400 5.5 24 modulating 7.5

SE4F24 400 5.5 24 2-, 3-point (floating) 7.0

SE4F230 400 5.5 110…240 2-, 3-point (floating) 7.0

TECHNICAL FEATURES ASSEMBLY / INSTALLATION

Power supply: Actuator is factory supplied with the shaft in upper position. Other-
- SE4M24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz wise, power off the unit and insert the hexagonal key into screw of
- SE4F24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz manual override on the top of cover. Drive the shaft in upper position
- SE4F230 110...240 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz turning the key anticlockwise. Mount the actuator onto valve body
Running time: 70 sec. and tighten the metal ring nut on the thread of bonnet valve body.
Manual override: by 3 mm hexagonal key Pay attention that the clearance around the unit is sufficient to mount
Action: direct / reverse selectable by jumper correctly the actuator. Perform the electrical connections as per the
Working conditions: 0...50 ºC, 10…90 r.h.% without condensing wiring diagrams. Pay attention that power supply value corresponds
Storage temp.: -20...70 ºC to the value of actuator indicated on label stuck on unit.
Cable: plug-in type in PVC, wire 3 x 0.50 mm2,
1,5 m length
Connection: metal ring 3/4“ (on request M30 x 1.5)
Housing: transparent SE4M24 has different Input signals as per below table (selectable
Protection class: IP54, classe II (SE4F230), by jumpers):
classe III (SE4M24, SE4F24)
Self extinguishing: V0 - V1 according to UL94
INPUT SIGNAL IMPEDANCE (Rin)
Dimensions: see drawing
Weight: 360 g 0...10 V ~ 65 kOhm

NOTE 0...4 V ~ 65 kOhm

An indicator on the front of the unit indicates the current position.
6...10 V ~ 65 kOhm

2...10 V ~ 65 kOhm

4...20 mA = 500 Ohm

STATUS INDICATION BY LEDS

GREEN slowly blinking: self-adjust in upper position (SE4M24). ORANGE lighted: error, try 3 times to unlock and then 3 times
RED slowly blinking: self-adjusting in bottom position to self-adjust (SE4M24).
(SE4M24). ORANGE blinking: permanent error (SE4M24).
GREEN fast blinking: modulating to upper position. RED and GREEN
RED fast blinking: modulating to bottom position. blinking: jumpers setting not correct (SE4M24)
GREEN lighted: upper end stroke (SE4M24). All LEDS OFF: control position reached
RED lighted: bottom end stroke (SE4M24).
Slow blinking: 2 flashing / second
Fast blinking: 8 flashing / second

174
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 400 N SE4

WIRING DIAGRAM

SE4F24 / SE4F230 SE4M24

COM. Blue COM Blue

DOWN Black IN. (Y) 0...10 V Black
UP Brown 24 Vca Brown

JUMPERS POSITION ON PCB SE4M24

INPUT SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J5 J4

0...10 V

0...4 V

6...10 V

2...10 V

4...20 mA

DIRECT ACTION

REVERSE ACTION
DIRECT / REVERSE ACTION SE4M24
Jumper unmounted
DA: 0 Vdc shaft in uppest position (A-AB valve port closed)
10 Vdc shaft in lowest position (A-AB valve port open) Jumper mounted
RA: 0 Vdc shaft in lowest position (A-AB valve port open)
10 Vdc shaft in uppest position (A-AB valve port closed)
Factory setting: DA, input signal 0...10 Vdc

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)

175
THREADED GLOBE VALVE BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFS

APPLICATION AND USE WORKING

VFS valve bodies are used in HVAC systems to control and regu- Stem up: direct way A-AB closed (B-AB way open for 3-way
late fluids. Valves are female threaded for connections. 3-way valve)
valves are used as mixing. They can also be used as diverting Stem down: direct way A-AB open (B-AB way closed for 3-way
by reducing the max differential pressure value by 50%. Do not valve)
use the bypass (angle way) as control port. VFS valve bodies are
motorized by SE6 series electric actuators.

TYPE CONNECTION KVs MAX DIFF. PRESS. (*)

m3/h bar
2-WAY 3-WAY
VFS215 VFS315 G 1/2 2.5 2.2 (11.0)
VFS218 VFS318 G 3/4 4.0 2.2 (11.0)

VFS220 VFS320 G 3/4 6.3 2.2 (11.0)

VFS225 VFS325 G1 10.0 2.2 (7.0)

VFS232 VFS332 G 1 1/4 16.0 2.2 (4.4)

VFS240 VFS340 G 1 1/2 25.0 2.2 (2.7)

VFS250 VFS350 G2 40.0 2.2 (2.2)

VFS252 VFS352 G2 30.0 2.2 (2.2)

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Nominal pressure: PN16 (ISO7268/EN1333) Control flow characteristic: equal-percentage on way A→AB
Connections: female threaded GAS linear on way B→AB
Valve body: cast-iron G25 Leakage: direct way A→AB perfect sealing
Plug: brass OT58 angle way B→AB max 0,2% KVs
Stem: stainless steel AISI304 Rangeability: 50:1
Stem packing nut: brass OT58 Fluid temperature: -10...+140ºC
Spring: stainless steel AISI304 Fluid type: water
Stem packing: FKM O-ring water with max 50% glycol
Control stroke: 16.5 mm saturated steam max 2,5 Ata
Dimensions: see relevant table
Weight: see relevant table

ACCESSORIES

RP1/2”...RP2” fitting for valve piping connections

176
THREADED GLOBE VALVES BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFS

INSTALLATION

2-way valve 3-way valve

A AB AB
A

VALVE MOUNTING

Before mounting the valve body be sure that the pipes are clean The valve must not be installed in an explosive atmosphere or in
and free of soldering scraps. Pipes must be lined up squarely with places in which temperature and humidity are outside ranges in-
the valve at each connection and free of vibrations. Install the valve/ dicated on the data sheet. Valve must not be subjected to steam or
actuator in the vertical or horizontal position, never at upside down. water jets or dripping liquid. 3-way valve must be used as mixing
Leave sufficient clearance to facilitate the dismantling of actuator valve (2 inlets 1 output). If the valve is used in diverting way (fig.3,
from the valve body for maintenance purpose. 1 inlet 2 outputs), the max differential pressure indicated in the data
sheet must be reduced by 50%.

fig.1 fig.2 fig.3

2-way 3-way mixing used in mixing application 3-way mixing used in diverting application
toward user toward user

177
THREADED GLOBE VALVE BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFS

CONTROL DROP DIAGRAM

0.0
5 0-4 0.0
DN 50-3 5.0
DN 40-2
DN 6.0
3 2-1
DN 10.0
25-
DN
6.3
N 20-
D
4.0
N 18-
D
2.5
15-
DN

KVs nominal flow rate

V 100 nominal flow rate at ∆pv100
Δ pv100 differential pressure drop across
the valve fully open

CONTROL FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

A-AB equal-percentage way

B-AB bypass linear way
3-way used as mixing inlet in A and B, outlet AB
3-way used as diverting inlet in AB, outlet from A and B

Via AB constant flow

Via A variable flow
Via B (bypass) variable flow
Flow

Stroke

178
THREADED GLOBE VALVE BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFS

PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE DIAGRAM

Working pressure

Working temperature

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)

G A B C C1 D H Weight
min. (g)
VFS3 VFS2 VFS2 VFS3

G 1/2 66 73.5 40.5 32.5 33.0 300 650 800

G 3/4 90 79.0 64.0 42.0 45.0 305 1100 1250
G1 96 86.5 70.0 40.5 48.0 310 1450 1650
G 1 1/4 109 89.5 76.5 47.5 54.5 315 1950 2200
G 1 1/2 122 94.0 80.0 55.0 61.0 320 2750 2950
G2 196 108.5 90.5 57.5 98.0 334.5 3950 4250

179
FLANGED GLOBE VALVE BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFSF

APPLICATION AND USE

VFZ valve bodies are used in HVAC systems to control fluid in VFSF are motorized by SE6 series electric actuators.
heating, cooling, refrigeration, ventilation in civil or industrial
plants. Valves are fitted with female threaded connections in 2
and 3-way. 3-way valves are used in mixing mode, they can be
used in diverting mode reducing the max differential pressure
value by 50%. Do not use the bypass (angle way) as control
port.

TYPE DN KVs STROKE MAX DIFF. PRESS.

m3/h mm bar
2-WAY 3-WAY
VFSF220 VFSF320 20 6.3 16.5 2.2 (11.0)*
VFSF225 VFSF325 25 10.0 16.5 2.2 (7.0)*
VFSF232 VFSF332 32 16.0 16.5 2.2 (4.4)*
VFSF240 VFSF340 40 25.0 16.5 2.2 (2.7)*
VFSF250 VFSF350 50 40.0 16.5 2.2 (2.2)*

TECHNICAL FEATURES WORKING

Nominal pressure: PN16 When stem is up, the direct way is closed, with stem is down di-
2F-3F: direct way equal-percentage rect way is open.
3F: angle way linear
Leakage: MANUFACTURING CHARACTERISTICS
2F-3F: direct way 0…0.05% of KVs
3F: angle way 0…1% of KVs - Valve body is made of G25 cast iron.
Connections: flanged - Plug is made of brass with Contoured-type profile on direct way
Control stroke: 16.5 mm (max 18.3) and V-port on angle way.
Rangeability: 50:1 - Stem is made of CrNi steel with threaded M8.
Fluids: water: temperature max 130º, - Stem packing is made of NOK O-ring and nitrile rubber.
temperature min. -10 ºC
Dimensions: see relevant table
Weight: see relevant table

180
FLANGED GLOBE VALVE BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFSF

INSTALLATION VALVE MOUNTING

PIPING CONNECTIONS Before mounting the valve body be sure that the pipes are clean
Make the piping connections according to flow directions indicated on and free of soldering scraps. Pipes must be lined up squarely with
valve body as the following drawings. the valve at each connection and free of vibrations. Install the valve/
AB is always the output. Input is A for 2-way valve, A and B for 3-way actuator in the vertical or horizontal position, never at upside down.
valve. Leave sufficient clearance to facilitate the dismantling of actuator
from the valve body for maintenance purpose. The valve must not be
installed in an explosive atmosphere or in places in which tempera-
ture and humidity are outside ranges indicated on the data sheet.
Valve must not be subjected to steam or water jets or dripping liquid.
3-way valve must be used as mixing valve (2 inlets 1 output). If the
valve is used in diverting way (1 inlet 2 outputs), the max differential
pressure indicated in the data sheet must be reduced by 50%.

fig.1 fig.2 fig.3

2-way 3-way mixing used in mixing application 3-way mixing used in diverting application
toward user toward user

CONTROL DROP DIAGRAM

KVs nominal flow rate

V 100 nominal flow rate at ∆pv100
Δ pv100 differential pressure drop across
the valve fully open

181
FLANGED GLOBE VALVE BODIES - STROKE 16,5 mm VFSF

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)

DN 2F 3F
A B C C1 D E F H I K
mm kg kg
20 144 79.0 91.0 40.5 72.0 105 11.0 305 14 75 2.7 3.7

25 150 86.5 97.0 42.0 75.0 115 12.0 310 14 85 3.5 4.7

32 172 89.5 108.0 47.5 86.0 135 13.0 315 18 100 4.8 6.5

40 192 94.0 115.0 55.0 96.0 145 13.5 320 18 110 6.6 8.7

50 218 101.5 126.5 62.5 109.0 165 15.0 325 18 125 9.5 12.6

182
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 600 N SE6

APPLICATION AND USE

Electric actuators are suitable to drive VFS/VFSF/VFF valve body Actuator is fitted with manual override by a hexagonal key to
series in HVAC systems. Two action types are available: move the motor and so the stem.
- floating (3-point) Actuator is equipped with torque limit device, to power off when
- modulating (see schedule input signal) actuator reaches the end-strokes. The SE6M24 has an additional
The assembly actuator/valve body is done directly and easily feedback signal output.
without any tool. A LED indicates the current state of the actuator: adjustment,
The actuator can be adapted automatically to the valve (pro- control, end stroke position, error condition.
portional model).
Electric actuators for VFS/VFF_65/VFSF valve body series
TYPE FORCE STROKE POWER SUPPLY ACTION POWER CONSUMPTION
N mm Vac 50/60 Hz VA
modulating
SE6M24 600 16.5 24 0...10 Vdc 6.0
4...20 mA
SE6F24 600 16.5 24 2-, 3-point (floating) 4.0

SE6F24S 600 16.5 24 2-, 3-point (floating) 4.0

SE6F230 600 16.5 110…240 2-, 3-point (floating) 6.0

SE6F230S 600 16.5 110…240 2-, 3-point (floating) 6.0

Accessory:
ADV1 adapter for valves Industrietechnik series 2S e 3S ADV4 adapter for valves Neptronik series GS/GM

ADV2 adapter for valves Industrietechnik series 2S- e 3S- ADV5 adapter for valves SEC (Siebe/Invensys) series VB 7000

ADV3 adapter for valves Controlli series VMB/VSB At the request adapters for valves of other brands.

TECHNICAL FEATURES WIRING DIAGRAM

Power supply: SE6M24
- SE6M24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
- SE6F24 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
- SE6F230 110...240 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
Auxiliary switches: 3(1) A 230 Vac
Running time: 70 sec.
Manual override: by 3 mm hexagonal key COM
COM Blu
Action: direct / reverse selectable by jumper
Feedback
0..10Vdc

24 Vac Brown 24 Vac

Working conditions: 0...50 ºC
Storage temp.: -20...70 ºC IN. (Y) Black
Humidity range: 10..90 % r.h. (without condensing) OUT. Feedback Grey
Connections: cable section 1 mm2 length 1 m (Y): see table entries
Housing: transparent in polycarbonate
Base: PA6 V0 SE6F24(S) - SE6F230(S)
Bracket: PA6 30 GF V0
Max working temp.: -30/+140 °C (Bracket) COM. Blue
Traction breaking DOWN Black
load: 1500kg/cm2 (Bracket) UP Brown
Protection class: IP54, class II (SE6F230),
class III (SE6M24, SE6F24)
auxiliary switches for models SE6F24S - SE6F230S
Dimensions: see drawing
Weight: 470 g
2

SE6M24: 3
INPUT SIGNAL (Y) IMPEDANCE (Rin) 1

0...10 Vdc ~ 65 kOhm

5
0...4 Vdc ~ 65 kOhm 6
Contact 1-2 closed at the end of stroke
Contact 4-5 closed at the end of stoke 4
6...10 Vdc ~ 65 kOhm

2...10 Vdc ~ 65 kOhm

4...20 mA ~ 500 Ohm

183
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 600 N SE6

STATUS INDICATION BY LEDS

GREEN slowly blinking: self-adjusting in upper position ORANGE lighted: error to move on stroke, the motor tries 3
(SE6M24) times to unlock and then 3 times to self-adjust
RED SLOWLY blinking: self-adjusting in bottom position (SE6M24).
(SE6M24). ORANGE blinking: permanent error after tries to do the stroke
GREEN FAST blinking: modulating to upper position. done (SE6M24).
RED FAST blinking: modulating to bottom position. RED and GREEN
GREEN lighted: motor on upper end stroke or is moving blinking: jumpers setting not correct (SE6M24)
toward upper end stroke (SE6M24). All LEDS OFF: control position reached
RED lighted: motor on bottom end stroke or is
moving toward bottom end stroke Slow blinking: 2 flashing / second
(SE6M24). Fast blinking: 8 flashing / second

DIRECT / REVERSE ACTION (SE6M24)

INPUT SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J5 J4
On direct action if signal is equal to 0 V, the shaft reaches the up
position (way A - AB closed). By applying 10 V signal, the shaft reaches 0...10 Vdc
down position (way A - AB opened).
On reverse action, operating mode is reversed. 0...4 Vdc
The servomotor is supplied from factory with direct action with 0..10 6...10 Vdc
Vdc input signal.
If input signal is missing, the motor moves the stem upwards if 2...10 Vdc
jumper J4 is on “direct action” position, or downwards if jumper J4
is on “reverse action”. 4...20 mA

DIRECT ACTION

REVERSE ACTION

Jumper unmounted
Jumper mounted

Self-adaption stroke:
When the unit is powered on at the first time, it is necessary to do
a cycle to adapt the motor to the real stroke. To do so the motor
must be mounted on the valve and it must be powered on. To
begin the cycle take away the cover, push the key (fig. 1) until the
motor turns (red led flashing) then release it. On this phase the
motor moves downwards in order the stem can couple auto-
matically to the valve. When this phase has been completed the
motor moves upwards to close the valve completely (green led
flashing). The two end stops of the valve stroke have been then
memorized and they will be used during regulation. If the motor is
unmounted from the valve and then mounted again, the cycle for
adapting the motor to the valve stroke must be repeated again.

fig. 1

184
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 600 N SE6

Mounting Microswitch setup:

Control that the clips for automatic coupling is inserted on the seat Put the motor on lower position. Position the two cams on snap-on
fig. 2 / fig. 4 and the motor shaft is on the upper position. point of microswitches (cams must be perpendicular to micro-
Put the motor on the valve and screw the nut present on the valve switches, fig. 5).
body fig. 3. Put the motor on upper position. Position the cam 1 on the snap-on
Power on the motor (see paragraph regarding self-adaptation point of microswitch on top position (cam perpendicular to micro-
stroke) to allow automatic coupling on the valve stem. To take away switch on top position, fig. 6), take care to not change the position
the motor from the valve put the shaft on lower position, extract the of cam 2.
clips, unscrew the fixing nut and remove the motor vertically.

fig. 2

fig. 5

nut

fig. 6

Note: microswitches are used only for end stroke detection. The
microswitches can’t be set on position different from end stroke.
fig. 3

Manual override: OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)

In order to open or close the valve manually, it is necessary to remove
the plug fig. 4, insert a 3 mm hexagonal key. Push the hexagonal
key downwards and turn clockwise to extract the motor shaft and
counterclockwise to retract it. Such operation must done when
power supply is off!

M16x1.5

clips
fig. 4

185
FLANGED GLOBE VALVE BODIES VFF/2F/3F

APPLICATION AND USE ACTUATORS

VFF/2F/3F valve bodies are used in HVAC systems to control VFF265/VFF365 valve bodies are motorized by SE6 series electric
and regulate fluids. Valves are flanged for connections. 3-way actuators, the other with DB-DA71.
valves are used as mixing. They can also be used as diverting
by reducing the max differential pressure value by 50%. WORKING
Do not use the bypass (angle way) as control port. Stem up: direct way A-AB closed (B-AB way open for 3-way
valve)
Stem down: direct way A-AB open (B-AB way closed for 3-way
valve)

TYPE DN KVs STROKE MAX DIFF. PRESS. (*)

m3/h mm bar
2-WAY 3-WAY SE6 DB-DA71

VFF265 VFF365 65 63 16,5 1.5 (1.8)

VFF280 VFF380 80 100 41 2.0 (6.0)
VFF2100 VFF3100 100 145 41 2.0 (4.0)
2F-125 3F-125 125 220 41 2.0 (3.0)
2F-150 3F-150 150 320 41 2.0 (3.0)
2F-200 3F-200 200 550 42 1.0 (2.0)

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Nominal pressure: PN16 (ISO7268/EN1333) Control flow

Connections: flanged characteristic: VFF/2F/3F: equal-percentage on direct way
Valve body: cast-iron G25 VFF3/3F: linear on angle way
Plug: VFF cast-iron G25 Leakage: VFF/2F/3F: direct way 0...0,05% of KVs
2F/3F brass OT58 VFF/3F: angle way 0...1% of KVs
type Contoured on direct way Rangeability: 50:1
type V-port on angle way Fluid temperature: -10...+130ºC
Plug packing: 2F/3F Viton O-ring Fluid type: water
VFF wihtout water with max 50% glycol
Stem: stainless steel CrNi saturated steam max 2,5 Ata
Stem packing nut: brass OT58 Dimensions: see relevant table
Stem packing: NOK O-ring and nitrile rubber Weight: see relevant table

186
FLANGED GLOBE VALVES BODIES VFF/2F/3F

INSTALLATION from the valve body for maintenance purpose.

The valve must not be installed in an explosive atmosphere or in
PIPING CONNECTIONS places in which temperature and humidity are outside ranges in-
Make the piping connections according to flow directions indicated on dicated on the data sheet. Valve must not be subjected to steam or
valve body as the following drawings. water jets or dripping liquid. 3-way valve must be used as mixing
AB is always the output. Input is A for 2-way valve, A and B for 3-way valve (2 inlets 1 output). If the valve is used in diverting way (fig.3,
valve. 1 inlet 2 outputs), the max differential pressure indicated in the data
sheet must be reduced by 50%.
VALVE MOUNTING
Before mounting the valve body be sure that the pipes are clean
and free of soldering scraps. Pipes must be lined up squarely with
the valve at each connection and free of vibrations. Install the valve/
actuator in the vertical or horizontal position, never at upside down.
Leave sufficient clearance to facilitate the dismantling of actuator

A AB

fig.1 fig.2 fig.3

2-way 3-way mixing used in mixing application 3-way mixing used in diverting application
toward user toward user

3-way diverting valve 3-way mixing valve

2-way

187
FLANGED GLOBE VALVES BODIES VFF/2F/3F

PRESSURE DROP DIAGRAM

KVs nominal flow rate

V 100 nominal flow rate at ∆pv100
Δ pv100 differential pressure drop across
the valve fully open

CONTROL FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

A-AB equal-percentage way

B-AB bypass linear way
3-way used as mixing inlet in A and B, outlet AB
3-way used as diverting inlet in AB, outlet from A and B

Via AB constant flow

Via A variable flow
Via B (bypass) variable flow
Flow

Stroke

188
FLANGED GLOBE VALVES BODIES VFF/2F/3F

PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE DIAGRAM

Working pressure

Working temperature

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm)

n number of holes

DN 65 mm 80 mm 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm 200 mm

WAY 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
Hmax 352 332 375 353 407 385 515 492 574 552 578
Hmin 336 316 334 312 366 344 474 451 533 511 540
W 290 310 350 400 480 600
h 167 145 177 155 197 175 266 250 318 300 337 300
D1 180 195 218 245 280 340
D2 135 160 180 210 240 295
D3 67 82 100 125 152 210
a 236 216 258 236 290 268 337 315 402 380 494 470
b 20 22 22 22 22 24
H1 650 620 800 820 835 855 880 860 950 925 1040 1015
n 4 8 8 8 8 12
F 18 18 18 18 22 22
Weight (kg) 20,2 19 25,8 24 31,8 29,3 58 52 82 73 141 123

189
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 2500 N DB-DA71

APPLICATION AND USE

DB-DA71 series actuators are well-suited to drive 2F, 3F and VFF The modulating actuators have in addition a 0...10 Vdc feedback
series valves from DN80 to DN200 diameter with selectable signal.
stroke 24, 36, 40 and 42 mm. The connection to the valve stem All actuators are fitted with a manual command for changing
is done by a hexagonal nut and half washer. The mechanical position of the valve stem when power supply is off.
fixing is done by a ring nut.
Actuators are available in floating (3-point) or modulating control
signal mode. Jumpers allow the following setting:
a) control signal 0…10 Vdc or 4…20 mA
b) direct or reverse action
c) position of valve stem when power supply is off.

TYPE FORCE POWER CONSUMPTION STROKE TIME STROKE ACTION

N VA sec/mm mm
50 Hz 60 Hz

DB-DA71F 2500 10 4.6 3.8 42 3- point (floating)

modulating
DB-DA71M 2500 12 4.6 3.8 42
0…10 Vdc - 4…20 mA

AMV5 Coupling valve actuator

TECHNICAL FEATURES

DB-DA71F DB-DA71M
Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10% 50/60 Hz
Action: floating (3-point) Action: proportional, direct or reverse action
Motor type: bi-directional synchronous Input signal: 0...10 Vdc or 4...20 mA
Materials: gear: stainless steel, brass, Feedback signal : 0...10 Vdc (5mA)
reducer: zinc-plating steel, Input resistance: 100 kOhm
bracket: aluminum casting , Motor type: bi-directional synchronous
frame: flameproof ABS plastic Materials: gear: stainless steel, brass,
Room temp. limit: +2...+55 ºC, reducer: zinc-plating steel,
Storage temp: -20...+65 ºC bracket: aluminum casting ,
Protection class: IP40 frame: flameproof ABS plastic
Weight: 4100 g Room temp. limit: +2...+55 ºC,
Storage temp: -20...+65 ºC
Factory setting: stroke 42 mm,
0...10 Vdc input signal, direct action (DA)
position without signal: stem up
Protection class: IP40
Weight: 4300 g

190
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 2500 N DB-DA71

DIMENSIONS (mm) MOUNTING

- Mount the servomotor with bracket on the valve stem (be careful to
the direction of it). Screw the lock nut into the valve stem.
Mount the two half washers into valve stem and screw the actuator
rod into the valve stem.
- The actuator must be mounted preferably vertically. Never mount it
upside down.
- Do electrical connections according to wiring diagrams and stan-
dards.
- Power on the actuator to put stem on uppest / lowest position and
verify the valve is completely closed / open. If necessary regulate
position screwing or unscrewing the stem from shaft connector of the
actuator and then tighten again the lock nut (that had been unlocked
to do this operation).
- Position the scale indicator according to the stroke done.
- DB-DA71M factory setting is direct action (DA), 0...10 Vdc input signal,
42 mm stroke and stem up.
ACTUATOR ROD
POSITION POINTER
To set reverse action (RA) remove jumper from J1 and insert it in J2.
POSITION INDICATOR
To change the stroke remove jumper J5 from 42 and insert it in correct
LOCK NUT new position: 24, 36, 40 mm.
CONNECTING BOLT - To change input signal type from 0...10 Vdc to 4...20 mA remove
HALF WASHER jumper J3 from V and put it in A.
CONNECTING NUT
VALVE STEM
LOCK NUT
VALVE BODY

D >= 160 mm

WIRING DIAGRAMS

DB-DA71F DB-DA71M

191
BUTTERFLY VALVES VMF

APPLICATIONS

The VMF series of butterfly valves is designed for

use in LPW (low pressure water) heating and air
conditioning systems.

TYPE DN KVs DIFF. PRESSURE ACTUATOR WATER TEMP.

bar 24 Nm. - 32 Nm. (*) °C

VMF32/40 32/40 50 12 DAL.../ DML24 -15...90

VMF50 50 85 10 DAL.../ DML24 -15...90

VMF65 65 215 8 DAL.../ DML24 -15...90

VMF80 80 420 8 DAL.../ DML24 -15...90

VMF100 100 800 6 DAG.../ DMG24 -15...90

VMF125 125 1010 6 DAG.../ DMG24 -15...90

VMF150 150 2100 4 DAG.../ DMG24 -15...90

* see relative page

TECHNICAL FEATURES CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal pressure: PN16 - Low weight and dimensions

Body: Cast-iron - Easy disassembly and assembly
Seat: E.P.D.M. - Low cost of maintenance
Shaft: X30Cr13 (AISI - 420) - Low pressure drop
Disc: Nodular Iron (GJS 500) - Easy to operate
- Automatic regulating
- Bubble tinht shat-off

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm) WIRING DIAGRAM

AUXILIARY SWITCHES

DN
A B C D E
mm
32/40 151 217 83 284 33

50 166 239 104 306 43

65 172 258 121 325 46

80 170 260 132 327 46

100 187 295 154 362 52

125 205 324 189 391 56
150 217 349 218 416 56

192
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT
AND PROPORTIONAL CONTROL CONTROL (2 Nm) DAK, DMK

FUNCTION FEATURES

2- and 3-point damper control. - universal adapter for easy direct mounting
- shaft dimension Ø 6...15,5 mm / 5...11 mm square
APPLICATIONS - 40 mm minimum shaft length
- anti-rotation bracket provided for stability
Designed for applications to small dampers (0.5 m2) of ventila- - manual over ride by push button when required
tion and air handling units. - selectable direction of rotation CW/CCW
- adjustable angle of rotation, mechanical end stops
- 1 adjustable SPDT auxiliary switches on request

TYPE POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL CONTROL

DAK24 24 Vac/dc 2-, 3- point

DAK230 230 Vac 2-, 3- point
DMK24 24 Vac/dc 0...10V dc

Optional:
S with 1 auxliary switch (not for DMK24)

Actuator DAK24 DAK230 DMK24

Damper area (*) m2 0.5 0.5 0.5
Torque Nm 2 2 2
Power supply 24 Vac/Vdc 230 Vac 24 Vac/Vdc
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60 50...60
Power consumption
W 2.0 1.5 2.5
VA 3.0 1.5 4.5
Stroke time s 25...35 25...35 80...110
Weight g 600 600 600
Control signal 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 0...10 Vdc
Aux. switch rating 1 x SPDT 5 (2.5) A / AC 250 V 1 x SPDT 5 (2.5) A / AC 250 V -
Rotation angle:
- operating 95° 95° 95°
- limitation 5...85° in 5° steps 5...85° in 5° steps 5...85° in 5° steps
Protection class III II III
Degree of protection IP54 IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20...+50ºC and -30...+50ºC -20...+50ºC and -30...+50ºC -20...+50ºC and -30...+50ºC
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free free
Standards CE CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

194
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT
AND PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (2 Nm) DAK, DMK

Direction of rotation setting

Electrical diagram DAK

The rotation can be reversed by pushing the CCW/CWswitch on the housing of actuator.
2-point 3-point
CW CCW

Auxiliary switch setting

Auxiliary switch

3 (1,5) Amp 230 V

actuator in position 0°

Limitation of rotation angle

Electrical diagram DMK
1. Loosen 2 screws of the mechanical limited.
2. Move the limited to the appropriate position.

1 2 5 6

Load resistance: > 50 kOhm

Input resistance: Ri > 100 kOhm

195
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT
AND PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (2 Nm) DAK, DMK

INSTALLATION

DIMENSIONS (mm)

196
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT
AND PROPORTIONAL CONTROL CONTROL (4 Nm) DAN, DMN

FUNCTION FEATURES

2- and 3- point or proportional damper control. - universal adapter for easy mounting
- shaft dimensions Ø 10...16 mm / 10...12 mm square
APPLICATIONS - minimum shaft lenght 50 mm
- anti-rotation bracket
Well-suited for applications with small dampers (up to 0.8 m2) - manual overrride with push-button
in ventilation and air handling units. - direction of rotation selectable
- angle of rotation adjustable
- 2 microswitches SPDT
- power saving at end stops

TYPE POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL CONTROL

DAN24 24 Vac/dc 2-, 3- point

DAN230 230 Vac 2-, 3- point
DMN24 24 Vac/dc 0...10V dc

Optional:
S with 2 auxliary switches (not for DMN24)

Actuator DAN24 DAN230 DMN24

Damper area (*) m2 1 1 1
Torque Nm 4 4 4
Power supply 24 Vac/Vdc 230 Vac 24 Vac/Vdc
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60 50...60
Power consumption
- operating W 2.5 4.0 2.5
- at end stroke W 0.85 3.0 0.85
For wire sizing VA 4.1 5.0 4.1
Stroke time s 35 35 35
Weight g 900 1000 900
Control signal 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 0...10 Vdc
Aux. switch rating 3(1.5) A / AC 230 V 3(1.5) A / AC 230 V -
Rotation angle:
- operating 90° 90° 90°
- limitation 5...85° with 5° steps 5...85° with 5° steps 5...85° with 5° steps
Protection class III II
Degree of protection IP54 IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free free
Standards CE CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

197
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT
AND PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (4 Nm) DAN, DMN

Electrical diagram DAN Direction of rotation setting

2-point 3-point The direction of rotation can

be changed by reversing
jumper J1.

Auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches setting

Factory setting:
switch a at 10°
switch b at 80°
The switching position can
be changed manually.

3 (1,5) Amp 230 V

actuator in position 0°

Parallel connections Limitation of rotation angle

The range of working angle (90°) Screw 1

can be reduced by up to 30° from
each end of position by screw 1 0

and 2.
®

Screw 2
Max 5 actuators

198
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT
AND PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (4 Nm) DAN, DMN

electrical diagram parallel connections

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Load resistance: > 50 kOhm

Input resistance: Ri > 100 kOhm Max 5 actuators

DMN DMN

Direction of rotation setting for DMN

R = factory setting

DIMENSIONS (mm)

199
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT CONTROL (8, 16, 24 Nm) DAS, DA, DAL

FUNCTION CHARACTERISTICS

2- and 3-point damper control. - universal adapter for easy mounting

- shaft dimensions Ø 10...20 mm / 10...16 mm square
APPLICATIONS - minimum shaft lenght 50 mm
- anti-rotation bracket
Well-suited for applications with dampers (2, 4, 6 m2) in ventila- - manual overrride with push-button
tion and air handling units. - direction of rotation selectable
- angle of rotation adjustable
- parallel connection up to 10 actuators
- 2 auxiliary microswitches SPDT when requested
- power saving at end stops

TYPE POWER SUPPLY TORQUE

DAS24 24 Vac/dc 8 Nm
DAS230 230 Vac 8 Nm
DA24 24 Vac/dc 16 Nm
DA230 230 Vac 16 Nm
DAL24 24 Vac/dc 24 Nm
DAL230 230 Vac 24 Nm

Optional:
S with 2 auxliary switches

Actuator DAS24 DA24 DAL24 DAS230 DA230 DAL230

Damper area (*) m2 2 4 6 2 4 6
Torque Nm 8 16 24 8 16 24
Stroke time s 30 80 125 30 80 125
Power supply 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60 50...60 50...60 50...60 50...60
Power consumption
- operating W 3.9 3.9 3.9 4.8 4.8 4.8
- at end stroke W 0.4 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2 1.2
For wire sizing VA 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
Weight g 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
Signal control 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point
Aux. switches rating 3(1.5) A 230 Vac
Rotation angle
- operating 90° (93° mechanical)
- limitation 5...85° in 5° steps
Protection class II II II II II II
Degree of protection IP44 or IP54 with cable glands
Room temperature -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free free free free free
Standards CE CE CE CE CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

200
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT CONTROL (8, 16, 24 Nm) DAS, DA, DAL

electrical diagram Direction of rotation setting

2- point 3- point
The direction of rotation can
be changed by reversing
Jumper J1.

auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches setting

Factory setting:
switch a at 10°
switch b at 80°
The switching position can
be changed manually.

3 (1,5) A 230 Vac

actuator in position 0°

parallel connections Limitation of rotation angle Adapter release

201
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT CONTROL (8, 16, 24 Nm) DAS, DA, DAL

DIMENSIONS (mm)

202
DAMPER ACTUATORS, PROPORTIONAL CONTROL
(8, 16 ,24 Nm) DMS, DM, DML

FUNCTION CHARACTERISTICS

0(2)...10 Vdc or 0(4)...20 mA damper proportional control. - universal adapter for easy mounting
- shaft dimensions Ø 10...20 mm / 10...20 mm square
APPLICATIONS - anti-rotation bracket provided for stability
- manual override by push-button
Well-suited for applications with dampers (2, 4, 6 m2) in ventila- - adjustable angle of rotation
tion and air handling units. - selectable direction of rotation
- 0(2)...10 Vdc input signal 0(4)...20 mA
- 0...10 Vdc output signal
- parallel connection up to 10 actuators
- 2 adjustable SPDT auxiliary switches when requested
- power saving at end stops

TYPE POWER SUPPLY TORQUE

DMS24 24 Vac/dc 8 Nm
DMS230 230 Vac 8 Nm
DM24 24 Vac/dc 16 Nm
DM230 230 Vac 16 Nm
DML24 24 Vac/dc 24 Nm
DML230 230 Vac 24 Nm

Optional:
S with 2 auxliary switches

Actuator DMS24 DM24 DML24 DMS230 DM230 DML230

Damper area (*) m2 2 4 6 2 4 6
Torque Nm 8 16 24 8 16 24
Stroke time s 30 80 125 30 80 125
Power supply 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60 50...60 50...60 50...60 50...60
Power consumption
- operating W 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.8 4.8 4.8
- at end stroke W 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.0
For wire sizing VA 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
Weight g 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
Control signal Y1 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc
Control signal Y2 0(4)...20 mA 0(4)...20 mA 0(4)...20 mA - - -
Feedback signal U 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc 0(2)...10 Vdc
Aux. switches rating 3(1.5) A 230 Vac
Rotation angle:
- operating 90° (93° mechanical)
- limitation 5...85° in 5° steps
Protection class II II II II II II
Degree of protection IP44 or IP54 with cable glands
Room temperature -20...+50°C -20...+50°C -20...+50°C -20...+50°C -20...+50°C -20...+50°C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free free free free free
Standards CE CE CE CE CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

203
DAMPER ACTUATORS, PROPORTIONAL CONTROL
(8, 16 ,24 Nm) DMS, DM, DML

electrical diagram Control signal setting

DMS24 DM24 DML24

Control signal Y1: 0(2)...10 Vdc 0...10 Vdc

Input resistance: Ri 100 kOhm 0...20 mA

Control signal Y2: (4)...20 mA

Input resistance: Ri 500 Ohm

Feedback signal U: 0(2)...10 Vdc

2...10 Vdc
Load resistance: > 50 kOhm
4...20 mA

electrical diagram Direction of rotation setting

DMS230 DM230 DML230

Microswitch d

clockwise

counterclockwise

auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches setting

Factory setting:
Switch a at 10°
Switch b at 80°
The switching position can
be changed manually.

3 (1,5) A 230 Vac

actuator in position 0°

204
DAMPER ACTUATORS, PROPORTIONAL CONTROL
(8, 16 ,24 Nm) DMS, DM, DML

parallel connections Limitation of rotation angle Adapter release

DMS24 DM24 DML24

Max 10 actuators

DIMENSIONS (mm)

205
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT AND
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (32 Nm) DAG, DMG

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

2- and 3- point or modulating damper and VMF series valve Well-suited for applications with medium or large dampers
control. of ventilation and air handling systems.

TYPE TORQUE POWER SUPPLY RUNNING TIME POWER CONSUMPTION ACTION

Nm sec. W (**)
DAG24 32 24 Vac/dc 160 4,0 (0,5) 2-, 3- point
DAG24S 32 24 Vac/dc 160 4,0 (0,5) 2-, 3- point
DAG230 32 230 Vac 160 4,8 (1,2) 2-, 3- point
DAG230S 32 230 Vac 160 4,8 (1,2) 2-, 3- point
DMG24 32 24 Vac/dc 240 2,5 (0,3) 0(2)...10 Vdc - (0)4...20 mA
DMG24S 32 24 Vac/dc 240 2,5 (0,3) 0(2)...10 Vdc - (0)4...20 mA

(**) inside bracked power consumption at the end stops

S with 2 SPDT auxiliary switches 3 (1.5) A 230 Vac

Actuator DAG24 DAG230 DMG24

Damper area (*) m2 6 6 6
Torque Nm 32 32 32
Stroke time s 160 160 240
Power supply 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac 24 Vac/dc
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60 50...60
Power consumption
- operating W 4.0 4.8 2.5
- at end stroke W 0.5 1.2 0.3
Cable connection 0.75 mm2 0.75 mm2 0.75 mm2
Weight g 1100 1200 1200
Control signal Y1 2-, 3- point 2-, 3- point 0(2)...10 Vdc
Control signal Y1 - - (0)4...20 mA
Feedback signal U - - 0(2)...10 Vdc
Aux. switches rating 3(1,5) A 230 Vac
Rotation angle:
- operating 0...90°
- limitation 5...85° in 5° steps
Protection class II II II
Degree of protection IP44 or IP54 with cable glands
Room temperature -20...+50°C -20...+50°C -20...+50°C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free free
Standards CE CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m
(**) inside bracked power consumption at the end stops

206
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT AND
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (32 Nm) DAG/DMG

electrical diagram electrical diagram parallel connections

DAG DMG24 DAG

2- punti 3- punti

Control signal setting

Control signal Y1: 0(2)...10 Vdc Microswitch d

Input resistance: Ri 100 kOhm
0...10 Vdc 2...10 Vdc
Control signal Y2: 0(4)...20 mA 0...20 mA 4...20 mA
Input resistance: Ri 500 Ohm

Feedback signal U: 0(2)...10 Vdc

Load resistance: > 50 kOhm

Direction of rotation setting

The direction
of rotation can
be changed
by reversing
Jumper J1.

207
DAMPER ACTUATORS, 2-, 3- POINT AND
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL (32 Nm) DAG/DMG

auxiliary switches

Auxiliary switches setting

Factory setting:
switch a at 10°
switch b at 80°
The switching position can
be changed manually.

3 (1,5) A 230 Vac

actuator in position 0º

Adapter release Limitation of rotation angle

DIMENSIONS (mm)

208
SPRING RETURN DAMPER ACTUATORS (5 Nm) DANxF

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

On / Off spring return damper control. Well-suited for applications with security dampers used as anti-
The actuator opens the damper loading the return-spring: freeze, antismoke or for sealing in the hygienic-sanitary field.
with current cut-off the spring moves the damper in a safe
position.

TYPE POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL CONTROL

DAN24F 24 Vac/dc On/Off

DAN230F 230 Vac On/Off

Optional:
S with 1 auxiliary switch

Actuator DAN24F DAN230F

Damper area (*) m2 1.0 1.0
Torque Nm 5 5
Power supply V 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac +/-10%
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60
Power consumption
- operating W 7.2 4.2
-at the end stops W 2.5 2.5
For wire sizing VA 10.0 10.0
Running time
- motor sec. 50…70 50…70
- spring back sec. < 20 <20
Weight g 1800 1900
Control signal 2- point 2- point
Rotation angle:
- operating 90º (95° mechanical) 90º (95° mechanical)
- limitation 5...85° with 5° steps 5...85° with 5° steps
Aux. switch rating SPDT 3(1.5) A 230 Vac SPDT 3(1.5) A 230 Vac
Protection class II II
Degree of protection IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20 ... +50ºC -20 ... +50ºC
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free
Standards CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m.

209
SPRING RETURN DAMPER ACTUATORS (5 Nm) DANxF

DIMENSIONS (mm)

Electrical wiring

Direction of rotation setting Auxiliary switch setting

1. Release secure ring

2. Remove adapter

3. Reverse actuator

4. Insert adapter
5. Fasten secure ring ORG - orange
YEL - yellow
GRN - green

Limitation of rotation angle

For 5° to 45° (see fig. 1) Secure Ring Turn adapter negative 45°

1. Loosen screw of the mechanical limiter plate.

2. Move the limiter plate to the appropriate position.
3. Tighten the screw.

For 45° to 85° (see fig. 2)

1. Release the secure ring of the adapter.

2. Remove the adapter and turn negative 45° as shown.
3. Insert adapter and secure the adapter ring.
4. Loosen screw of the mechanical limiter plate.
5. Move the limiter plate to the appropriate position. fig. 1 fig. 2
6. Tighten the screw.
5° to 45° setting 45° to 85° setting

210
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR (8 Nm) DASxF

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

On / Off spring return for fire damper control. Well-suited for applications with security dampers used as anti-
The actuator opens the damper loading the return-spring: freeze, antismoke or for sealing in the hygienic-sanitary field.
with is current cut-off the spring moves the damper in a safe
position.
The actuator can be controlled manually by a suitable handle.
By this way the spring can be loaded, and the actuator can be
positioned as required.

TYPE POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL CONTROL

DAS24F 24 Vac/dc 2- point

DAS230F 230 Vac 2- point

Optional:
S with 1 auxiliary switch (b) adjustable 40...90° and 1 auxiliary switch (a) fixed at 5°

Actuator DAS24F DAS230F

Damper area (*) m2 1.5 1.5
Torque Nm 8 8
Power supply V 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac ±10%
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60
Power comsumption
- operating W 7.0 8.0
For wire sizing 0,9 m/0.75 mm2 0,9 m/0.75 mm2
Running time
- motor s 70 70
- spring s 25 25
Weight g 2200 2200
Control signal 2- point 2- point
Angle-of-rotation:
- working range -5°…+90° -5°…+90° (mechanical)
Auxiliary switches 3(1.5) A 230 Vac 3(1.5) A / AC 230 Vac
Direction of rotation bidirectional bidirectional
Protection class II II
Degree of protection IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free
Standards CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

211
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR (8 Nm) DASxF

Electrical wiring
fixed adjustable
5° 40…90°
YEL - yellow
GRN - green
BLU - blue
PUR - purple
GRY - grey
WAT - ochre
BLK - black
RED - red

Auxiliary switch adjustment b

Direction of rotation setting

Limitation of rotation angle

DIMENSIONS (mm)

Ø 8…21 / 6…15
• •
19
• •

57.5

5.5
• • •

175
•

•
•

203 12 12
•

•
•

140
•

•
•
•

151.3 12 12
•

68
•

•
•

77.5
•

•
•

•
• 15
• •
•
40 8 - Ø 4.2
•

1000 • • 53.6 100

5 1.5
39.5
•

•
•

• •
4 • • •
• •
• 2
•

•
•

34.5 31.5

212
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS (15 Nm) DB-DAxF, -DM24F

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

On / Off or modulating spring return damper control. Well-suited for applications with security dampers used as anti-
The actuator opens the damper loading the return-spring: freeze, antismoke or for sealing in the hygienic-sanitary field.
when current is cut-off the spring moves the damper in a safe
position.
The actuator can be controlled manually by a suitable handle.
By this way the spring can be loaded, and the actuator can be
positioned as required.

TYPE POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL CONTROL

DB-DA24F 24 Vac/dc On/Off

DB-DA230F 230 Vac On/Off
DB-DM24F 24 Vac/dc 0…10 Vdc

Optional:
-S2 with 2 auxiliary switches (not for DB-DM24F)

Actuator DB- DA24F DA230F DM24F

Position transducers - - -
Drive torque Nm 15 15 15
Damper area (*) m2 3 3 3
Power supply V 24 Vac/dc±20% 230 Vac ±15% 24 Vac/dc±20%
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60 50...60
Power comsumption 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac proportional
- operating 6.0W / 8.0 VA 9.0 W / 10.0 VA 7.0 W / 9.0 VA
Cable connection 0.9 m / 0.75 mm2 0.9 m / 0.75 mm2 0.9 m / 0.75 mm2
Running time
- motor s 150 150 150
- spring s 20 20 20
Weight g 1800 1800 1800
Control signal 2- point 2- point 0...10 Vdc
Angle/of/rotation:
- working range 90° 90° 90°
Auxiliary switches 5 A / AC 230 V 5 A / AC 230 V -
Direction of rotation bidirectional bidirectional bidirectional
Protection class III II III
Degree of protection IP54 IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20...+50 °C -20...+50 °C -20...+50 °C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Maintenance free free free
Standards CE CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

213
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS (15 Nm) DB-DAxF, -DM24F

DIMENSIONS (mm)

Electrical wiring

DB-DA24F, DB-DA230F with 2 auxiliary switches DB-DM24F

Direction of rotation setting

BU - blue
BN - brown
BK - black
GY - grey

214
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS FOR FIRE DAMPERS (5 Nm) AF..SE

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

On / Off spring return for fire and smoke damper control. Well-suited for applications with security dampers used as anti-
The actuator opens the damper loading the return-spring: freeze, antismoke or for sealing in the hygienic-sanitary field.
when current is cut-off the spring moves the damper in a safe
position.
The actuator can be controlled manually by a suitable handle.
The actuator have a thermic device calibrated at 72 °C. When
temparature reaches 72 °C the damper is closed.

TYPE POWER SUPPLY THERMAL PROTECTION

AF24SE 24 Vac/dc duct 72 °C

AF230SE 230 Vac duct 72 °C

Actuator AF24SE AF230SE

Damper area (*) m2 1.0 1.0
Torque Nm 5 5
Power supply V 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac ±10%
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60
Power comsumption
- operating W 7.2 4.2
- at the end stops 2.5 2.5
For wire sizing VA 10 10
Running time
- motor s 50...70 50...70
- spring s < 20 < 20
Weight g 1800 1900
Control signal 2- point 2- point
Angle-of-rotation:
- working range 90° (95° mechanical) 90° (95° mechanical)
Auxiliary switches (2 SPDT fixed) 3(1.5) A / AC230 V 3(1.5) A / AC230 V
Direction of rotation bidirectional bidirectional
Protection class II II
Degree of protection IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Sensor action 72°C 72°C
Maintenance free free
Standards CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

215
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS FOR FIRE DAMPERS (5 Nm) AF..SE

Electrical wiring Direction of rotation setting

Crank handle for

manual override

Reverse actuator

Auxiliary switches setting

Factory setting:
switch a fixed at 5°.
switch b fixed at 85°.
The switches are not adjustable

Thermal sensor auxiliary switches

3 (1,5) A 230 Vac

DIMENSIONS (mm)

216
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS FOR FIRE DAMPERS (8 Nm) NF..SE

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

TYPE POWER SUPPLY THERMAL PROTECTION

NF24SE 24 Vac/dc duct 72 °C

NF230SE 230 Vac duct 72 °C

Actuator NF24SE NF230SE

Damper area (*) m2 1.5 1.5
Torque Nm 8 8
Power supply V 24 Vac/dc 230 Vac ±10%
Frequency Hz 50...60 50...60
Power comsumption
- operating W 7.0 8.0
- at the end stops 2.0 5.5
For wire sizing VA 10 10
Running time
- motor s 75...95 75...95
- spring s < 25 < 25
Weight g 2200 2300
Control signal 2- point 2- point
Angle-of-rotation:
- working range 90° (95° mechanical) 90° (95° mechanical)
Auxiliary switches (2 SPDT fixed) 3(1.5) A / AC 230 V 3(1.5) A / AC 230 V
Direction of rotation bidirectional bidirectional
Protection class II II
Degree of protection IP54 IP54
Room temperature -20 ... +50°C -20 ... +50°C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h. 5...95% r.h.
Sensor action 72°C 72°C
Maintenance free free
Standards CE CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m

217
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS FOR FIRE DAMPERS (8 Nm) NF..SE

Electrical wiring Direction of rotation setting

Crank handle for

manual override

Reverse actuator

Auxiliary switches setting

Factory setting:
switch a fixed at 5°.
switch b fixed at 85°.
The switches are not adjustable

Thermal sensor
auxiliary switches

3 (1,5) A 230 Vac

DIMENSIONS (mm)

218
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS
FOR FIRE DAMPERS (20 Nm) DB-SF..

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

On / Off spring return for fire damper control with two switch- Designed for applications in security dampers used as an-
es. tifreeze, antismoke function or seal in the hygienic-sanitary
The actuator opens the damper loading the return-spring: field.
with current is cut-off the spring moves the damper in a safe
position.
The actuator can be controlled manually by a suitable handle,
loading at the same time the spring. It remains then in the
position set by hand.
DB-SF...TA/12 models have a thermic device that closes the
damper when the temperature reaches 72 °C.

TYPE Nm POWER SUPPLY ANGLE ROTATION THERMAL PROTECTION

DB-SF1.90/12 20 24 Vac/Vdc 90° -

DB-SF1.90T/12 20 24 Vac/Vdc 90° on wire
DB-SF1.90TA/12 20 24 Vac/Vdc 90° duct
DB-SF2.90/12 20 230 Vac 90° -
DB-SF2.90T/12 20 230 Vac 90° on wire
DB-SF2.90TA/12 20 230 Vac 90° duct

Actuator DB- 90°/20 Nm

Torque Nm 20
Damper area (*) m2 3
Torque spring return Nm 15
Power supply V 24 Vac/dc±20%
230 Vac ±15%
Frequency Hz 50...60
Power comsumption 24 V max 6.5 W / 8.5 VA
- operating 230 V max 9.0W / 10.0 VA
Cable connection 0.9 m / 0.75 mm²
Running time
- motor s 150
- spring s max 20
Weight g 2500
Shaft 12 mm
Angle/of/rotation:
- working range 90°
Auxiliary switches 2 x 5 A / AC 230 V
Direction of rotation bidirectional
Protection class (24 Vac/dc / 230 Vac) III / II
Degree of protection IP54
Room temperature -20 ... +50 °C
Room humidity 5...95% r.h.
Sensor action (**) 72 °C
Maintenance free
Standards CE

(*) the indication of the damper area is not significant, the data that must be taken into account is the value of the torque in N.m
(**) for models ...TA/12

219
SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS
FOR FIRE DAMPERS (20 Nm) DB-SF..

DIMENSIONS (mm)

Electrical wiring with 2 auxiliary switches

DB-SF.. DB-SF..T.. thermal sensor for model DB-SF..TA ..

DB-SF..TA ..

BU - blue
BN - brown

220
POSITION TRANSDUCERS 0...100% DB-PA, -PF

FUNCTION APPLICATIONS

The transducers supply a position signal to modulating Designed as wall (PA) or front (PF) mounting accessory
control damper actuators, proportionally according to the knob
position from 0 to 100%. An analog input signal allows the use of
the transducer with a regulator (override function). The maximum
voltage between the voltage supplied by the transducer and
the voltage supplied by the regulator connected to the override
control input, is sent to the actuator.

TYPE OUTPUT SIGNAL CONTROL SIGNAL MOUNTING

DB-PA 0(2)...10 Vdc (Rload > 6K8) 0(2)...10 Vdc on the wall
DB-PF 0(2)...10 Vdc (Rload > 6K8) 0(2)...10 Vdc front - end

DIMENSIONS (mm)

DB-PA DB-PF

actuator DB-Px

(*) for up to 10 actuators (tol. < 10%)

221
Note
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

222
Note
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

223
Note
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

224
GENERAL SALES CONDITIONS
THIS ISSUE SUBSTITUTES AND CANCELS ANY PREVIOUS ONE AND IS SUBJECT TO MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE

PRICES DELIVERY TERMS

The prices mentioned in our current price list are in Euro (€) do not Delivery terms are indicative and are not binding. We cannot be
include VAT and, even if confirmed, can be subject to variations held liable for any production or shipment delay, if such a delay is
due to increases in raw materials and labour costs. If the price is caused by one of the following reasons: a commercial blockade,
tied to parity between the Euro and a foreign currency, the rate of difficulties in obtaining raw materials and/or other circumstances
exchange value is specified by publication by the Banca d‘Italia, beyond our control. In that case we do not accept any penalties
as indicated in the „Il Sole 24 Ore“ daily newspaper. If the rate of and the Buyer renounces any claims for indemnity and/or reim-
exchange varies by more than 5%, we reserve the right to modify bursement of damages.
at any time our prices and the discounts applied to current orders. We reserve the right to delivery the goods before the agreed date.
In such a case the buyer is entitled to withdraw immediately from
the order. CLAIMS
The said prices do not include transport and insurance costs, im- Clams have to be brought to our attention within 8 days after the
port license expenses, customs charges, etc., and are considered receipt of the goods, otherwise we will not accept the said claims.
chargeable to the Buyer. Claims do not authorise delays in payment or further price reduc-
Our quotations are not binding for the order; the Buyer accepts tions. In case of packing received damaged, the Buyer must inform
our delivery terms. After issuing our order acknowledgement, the the forwarder immediately, and send a copy to us for information.
order is confirmed.
Minimum ordering amount: € 200,00 net (under this amount PAYMENT TERMS
the price in force is not confirmed). Neutral products are supplied Invoices are payable in the currency specified in the invoice.
without a surcharge but minimum 50 pieces/part number. Payments must be remitted within the agreed expiry data. We re-
Branding at cost: serve ownership of the goods until the invoice and any acces-
- one price only for single colour cliché: € 75,00 sory expenses have been fully paid. Failure by the Buyer to pay by
- Product branding for min. 100 pieces per order: the due date automatically gives rise to interest, giving us the right
surcharge of € 1,50 net/piece. to deem the contract cancelled because of such failure, unless we
For higher quantities, the surcharge could be discussed. prefer to ask for settlement of the amount due, by recourse to law
All products can be supplied with a test certificate (part number if necessary, with bank interest and damages added. If the Buyer
103999) at the net price of € 25,00 + VAT requiring during order- stops a payment, the outstanding amount becomes immediately
ing process. due and we will file a petition for bankruptcy.
Certificates of origine issued by Chamber of Commerce € 50,00. Interest on arrears: in the case of delayed payments, interest on
Certificates legalized by foreign embassy min. € 250,00. arrears will be calculated at the rate of 7 (seven) points above the
official rate of discount of the Banca d‘Italia in force at the time such
PACKING interest was applied.
Packing is included in the sale price. Packing different from stand-
ard will be invoiced at cost (standard plastic pallets at € 11,00 net WARRANTY
each). All the products supplied by us are guaranteed against construc-
tion faults or defects of material for 24 months from the date of
DOCUMENTS delivery, the term by which we shall repair the faulty parts in order
We reserve rights on all documents referring to the products and/ to restore correct operation of the appliances. We do not accept
or made available with quotations, acknowledgements or on de- any responsibility for direct or indirect damage caused by the use
livery. Such documents may neither be copied nor made avail- of the said appliances. Any return of material must be requested
able to third parties without our written agreement. They must be from us in writing, must reach us free our works and will be re-
returned to us on request. turned ex our works.
The guarantee is restricted exclusively to the repair at our plant, of
SHIPMENT appliances acknowledged to be defective, whereas all other costs
Shipment is ex our works in Bressanone, unless otherwise agreed. of transport or labour for technical operations on the appliances
As soon as the goods are handed over to the forwarder, all our are charged to the Buyer. The guarantee is voided if the appliances
obligations are considered fulfilled. are found to have been tampered with or dismantled.
Therefore, all expenses and risks will be the BuyerÂs responsi- If interventions on appliances not considered to be under guar-
bility without any exceptions, even if the shipping charges are antee are requested, we reserve the right to debit the Buyer for
prepaid by us. management of the return € 40,00 spare parts, manpower etc.
It is the BuyerÂs responsibility to insure the goods against dam- not included.
age and/or loss. We therefore cannot be held liable for dam-
age and/or loss. In the event of a dispute, the Buyer accepts that the Bolzano Court
The shipping rates for Italy are at cost price, and we reserve the of Law is competent and accepts the laws in force in Italy.
right to select the most suitable means of transport.
In case of payment by cash on delivery, the fees are always in-
curred by us and debited to the Buyer.

225
Reference
CAIRO AIRPORT TWIN TOWERS QATAR UNIVERSITY
Egypt Kuala Lumpur - Malaysia Doha - Qatar

INT. BUSINESS CENTRE FINCANTIERI SKY TOWER-Shk Zayed Road

Memphis - USA Trieste - Italy Dubai - UAE

AGT-AHGABAT THEATER TGV (High Speed Trains) KHORPHAKHAN HOSPITAL

Istanbul - Turkey France Abu Dhabi - UAE

GENERAL HOSPITAL FIAT DUCAB FACTORY

“AGII ANARGYRI” Torino - Italy Abu Dhabi - UAE
AUCHAN Athens - Greece
Moscow - Russia OLYMPIC VILLAGE CONFERENCE PALACE HOTEL
CAPRICORN BUSINESS Sydney 2000 - Australia Abu Dhabi - UAE
UMM AL QURA UNIVERSITY CENTRE
Riyadh - Saudi Arabia Hamburg - Germany GOVERNMENT PALACES MAZAYA SHOPPING
HOSPITALS - UNIVERSITIES Sharjah - UAE
KEMPINSKI BARBAROS IZMIR AIRPORT Argentina, Kuwait, Saudi
BAY HOTEL Turkey Arabia, Bahrain, Lebanon, ROTANA VILLA HOTEL
Bodrum - Turkey Abu Dhabi - UAE
ISTANBUL AIRPORT SULTANS PALACE
THE MARMARA HOTEL Turkey Brunei EMPOWER (district cooling
Istanbul - Turkey company)
NATIONAL LIBRARY RIDGES HOTEL Dubai - UAE
DISNEYLAND OF TURKMENISTAN Dubai - UAE
Ashagabat - Turkmenistan Turkmenistan KYP SWIMMING POOL
INSTALLATION Ashgabat - Turkmenistan
MATERNITY HOSPITAL ANKARA AIRPORT MOBILE PHONES:
Ashagabat - Turkmenistan Turkey Tim, Vodafone, Wind RAMADA HOTEL
Istanbul - Turkey
MINISTRY OF HEALTH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT BARILLA
Ashagabat - Turkmenistan Tbilisi - Georgia Parma - Italy MINISTRY OF HEALTH
Dibba - UAE
ATIRUS Shopping Mall AL JAZEERA HOSPITAL FERRERO
Istanbul - Turkey Abu Dhabi - UAE Asti - Italy DIBBA HOSPITAL
Dibba - UAE
KTU ROOT CELL LABORATORY WALT DISNEY CRUISE LOACKER
Trabzon - Turkey Florida - USA Bolzano - Italy PALLADIUM SHOPPING
MALL AND RESIDENCE
HOME FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE McLAREN F 1 MILANELLO Istanbul - Turkey
Astana - Kazakhstan Silverstone - England Milano - Italy
ERBIL AIRPORT
DARUSSAFAKA BANK ROCKWELL SAN BENEDETTO North Iraq
Izmir - Turkey Manila - Philippines Venezia - Italy
SABIHA GOKCEN AIRPORT
AVRORA BUSINESS PARK HOTEL CHAIN AIRPORTS Istanbul - Turkey
Moscow - Russia 5 stars: Hyatt Regency, Milano, Bologna, Frankfurt,
Sheraton, Hilton, Ritz. Beijing KAF HOSPITAL
TORRE AGBAR Ashgabat - Turkmenistan
Barcelona - Spain RAI 1 AUTODROMO FORMULA 1
Milano - Italy Istanbul - Turkey ENFIDHA AIRPORT
PRINCE FAHD Tunis - Tunisia
BIN SULTAN PALACE HARRODS PRINCESS “Love Boat”
Riyadh - Saudi Arabia London - England Fincantieri - Trieste - Italy HOSPITAL CASCAIS
Portugal
PINE CLIFF HOTEL BASE NATO RIDGES HOTEL
Faro-Algarve - Portugal Isola delle Femmine - Italy Dubai - UAE SHANGRI-LA’S RESORT & SPA
Cebu - Philippines
PREMIER HOSPITAL HISAR HOSPITAL COSTA CROCIERE
Istanbul - Turkey Istanbul - Turkey Fincantieri - Trieste - Italy

Catalogue 5/2010, Concept & Design: Deluggi Communication - Bressanone - Photo: Georg Hofer - Bressanone - Print: Athesia Druck Bressanone

226
227
Edition 5/2010

Controls & Electrical Accessories
No ratings yet
Controls & Electrical Accessories
226 pages
Controlador Honeywell
No ratings yet
Controlador Honeywell
14 pages
THERMOSTATS and CONTROLLERS-web
No ratings yet
THERMOSTATS and CONTROLLERS-web
90 pages
Production Range 2023
No ratings yet
Production Range 2023
40 pages
RDG100T Datasheet en
No ratings yet
RDG100T Datasheet en
12 pages
RDG 110
No ratings yet
RDG 110
12 pages
IMIT
No ratings yet
IMIT
20 pages
Guida Produzione Imit 2022 Eng Bassa PDF
No ratings yet
Guida Produzione Imit 2022 Eng Bassa PDF
40 pages
Capeb23en00 LR
No ratings yet
Capeb23en00 LR
76 pages
Meitav-Tec Catalog Europe
No ratings yet
Meitav-Tec Catalog Europe
42 pages
TF418 Termostato Digital Orquidea O3 Manual Instalacion
100% (1)
TF418 Termostato Digital Orquidea O3 Manual Instalacion
6 pages
Datasheet AC304F
No ratings yet
Datasheet AC304F
4 pages
CD Jci Gencat 2007
100% (1)
CD Jci Gencat 2007
207 pages
Sce Hvac&r Catalogue
No ratings yet
Sce Hvac&r Catalogue
52 pages
CT123384 Product Catalogue en 0219 PDF
No ratings yet
CT123384 Product Catalogue en 0219 PDF
116 pages
ALRE IT Catalogue
0% (2)
ALRE IT Catalogue
176 pages
Product Catalog: Pressure Switches
No ratings yet
Product Catalog: Pressure Switches
78 pages
Honeywell - Thermostat-T6373
No ratings yet
Honeywell - Thermostat-T6373
4 pages
Europ Prod Cat - 2015
No ratings yet
Europ Prod Cat - 2015
257 pages
PUBL5510 Catalog
No ratings yet
PUBL5510 Catalog
368 pages
Ahu Controls Reduced Siemens
No ratings yet
Ahu Controls Reduced Siemens
16 pages
Data JohnsonControl
No ratings yet
Data JohnsonControl
233 pages
Multispan Catelog-2013
No ratings yet
Multispan Catelog-2013
76 pages
42N S 14494 PSD
No ratings yet
42N S 14494 PSD
32 pages
Carrier 42N TDB Unlocked
No ratings yet
Carrier 42N TDB Unlocked
32 pages
Thermostat Setup & Features Guide
No ratings yet
Thermostat Setup & Features Guide
2 pages
Model LB-C PDF
0% (1)
Model LB-C PDF
5 pages
CPD Elv BMS
100% (1)
CPD Elv BMS
93 pages
TF428 Digital Thermostat Guide
No ratings yet
TF428 Digital Thermostat Guide
6 pages
Temperature en
No ratings yet
Temperature en
34 pages
The European Products Catalogue 2013
No ratings yet
The European Products Catalogue 2013
237 pages
Saginomiya Controls1
No ratings yet
Saginomiya Controls1
115 pages
Honeywell Fcu Thermostat t6374 t6375
No ratings yet
Honeywell Fcu Thermostat t6374 t6375
4 pages
Produktkatalog 2012-2013
No ratings yet
Produktkatalog 2012-2013
228 pages
T7200 LCD Thermostat Overview
No ratings yet
T7200 LCD Thermostat Overview
4 pages
Controlli - Sensors and Controllers
No ratings yet
Controlli - Sensors and Controllers
40 pages
Fujian LEAD Automatic Equipment Co., LTD
No ratings yet
Fujian LEAD Automatic Equipment Co., LTD
15 pages
T6861H2WG
No ratings yet
T6861H2WG
6 pages
Mixit
No ratings yet
Mixit
75 pages
Bas SVX36D en - 04092020
No ratings yet
Bas SVX36D en - 04092020
46 pages
TB3Series BACnet-ENV4
No ratings yet
TB3Series BACnet-ENV4
12 pages
E3 HVACR Controls and Devices
No ratings yet
E3 HVACR Controls and Devices
31 pages
FC Catalogue 2018
No ratings yet
FC Catalogue 2018
124 pages
E Catalog
No ratings yet
E Catalog
136 pages
Digital Thermostat for HVAC Pros
No ratings yet
Digital Thermostat for HVAC Pros
5 pages
Carrier Debonair 33cs 420 Instructions Manual
No ratings yet
Carrier Debonair 33cs 420 Instructions Manual
89 pages
Product Catalog: Varitrane™ Single Duct/Dual Duct Units
No ratings yet
Product Catalog: Varitrane™ Single Duct/Dual Duct Units
184 pages
Xe70 Series T6370/T6371: Fan-Coil Thermostats Fan Only Control
No ratings yet
Xe70 Series T6370/T6371: Fan-Coil Thermostats Fan Only Control
4 pages
HFCF-En (Full Detailed Catalogue)
No ratings yet
HFCF-En (Full Detailed Catalogue)
17 pages
T2900 Manual Rev 5
No ratings yet
T2900 Manual Rev 5
113 pages
Industrial Control Solutions Guide
No ratings yet
Industrial Control Solutions Guide
81 pages
Product Guide Eng
No ratings yet
Product Guide Eng
163 pages
Controls Ver 1
No ratings yet
Controls Ver 1
115 pages
Saginomiya CatalogS - Automatic Controls
No ratings yet
Saginomiya CatalogS - Automatic Controls
128 pages
Peran Teknik Sipil Dalam Manajemen Bencana
No ratings yet
Peran Teknik Sipil Dalam Manajemen Bencana
19 pages
AccSoft ERP. Complex Business Tasks Made Easy With AccSoft ERP Solution... Features Brochure. Suspended VAT Enabled. WWW - Accsoft.
No ratings yet
AccSoft ERP. Complex Business Tasks Made Easy With AccSoft ERP Solution... Features Brochure. Suspended VAT Enabled. WWW - Accsoft.
9 pages
PT Sinar Sakti Union: Elastic Webbing Leader
No ratings yet
PT Sinar Sakti Union: Elastic Webbing Leader
10 pages
Educ 5324-Research Humeyra Gokce 1
No ratings yet
Educ 5324-Research Humeyra Gokce 1
4 pages
4 Th. Stage Methods of Construction and Estimation (Yousif Salam Shwani)
No ratings yet
4 Th. Stage Methods of Construction and Estimation (Yousif Salam Shwani)
124 pages
April 2023 Innova Solutions Job Report
No ratings yet
April 2023 Innova Solutions Job Report
32 pages
ISO 14001 Environmental System Guide
No ratings yet
ISO 14001 Environmental System Guide
5 pages
Auto Parts Manufacturing in China: Ibisworld Industry Report
No ratings yet
Auto Parts Manufacturing in China: Ibisworld Industry Report
33 pages
CDM-625A-EN Advanced Satellite Modem
No ratings yet
CDM-625A-EN Advanced Satellite Modem
5 pages
Mel - Atr 600
No ratings yet
Mel - Atr 600
170 pages
Web Technology - CSE/IT Engineering - Third-Year-Notes, Books, Ebook PDF Download
0% (1)
Web Technology - CSE/IT Engineering - Third-Year-Notes, Books, Ebook PDF Download
167 pages
9859 Safey Management Manual-1
100% (1)
9859 Safey Management Manual-1
254 pages
Fidelio currentCertifiedInterfacesListExternal
No ratings yet
Fidelio currentCertifiedInterfacesListExternal
41 pages
Service Guide Specification
No ratings yet
Service Guide Specification
36 pages
Unit 1
No ratings yet
Unit 1
9 pages
REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEM - Lec6
No ratings yet
REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEM - Lec6
18 pages
Traffic Light Control System Using 4017 Counter and 555 Timer
89% (9)
Traffic Light Control System Using 4017 Counter and 555 Timer
2 pages
Video Frame Analysis Logs
No ratings yet
Video Frame Analysis Logs
2,391 pages
Resting ECG: Instrument Type
No ratings yet
Resting ECG: Instrument Type
3 pages
q8 SB e Tron 55 Pricelist 2023
No ratings yet
q8 SB e Tron 55 Pricelist 2023
2 pages
Bhuvanesh
No ratings yet
Bhuvanesh
10 pages
FPGA UTMI for USB 2.0 Specs
100% (6)
FPGA UTMI for USB 2.0 Specs
71 pages
User Manual 664057 BT Sat
No ratings yet
User Manual 664057 BT Sat
11 pages
BT nhấn âm - từ vựng - lớp 10 - unit 5
No ratings yet
BT nhấn âm - từ vựng - lớp 10 - unit 5
4 pages
Windows Event Collection Guide
100% (5)
Windows Event Collection Guide
39 pages
Akash Shivram Resume
No ratings yet
Akash Shivram Resume
2 pages
E-Note SS One 1st Term Data Processing
No ratings yet
E-Note SS One 1st Term Data Processing
25 pages
Vibration Monitoring On Power Transformer
No ratings yet
Vibration Monitoring On Power Transformer
2 pages
Job Seekers' Resume Email Guide
100% (1)
Job Seekers' Resume Email Guide
8 pages
Laboratory Exercise 3
No ratings yet
Laboratory Exercise 3
3 pages

Industrie Technik Catalogue

Uploaded by

Industrie Technik Catalogue

Uploaded by

industrietechnik PRODUCT CATALOGUE

We would be delighted to cooperate with you.

ELECTRONIC ROOM CONTROLLERS

Available models 11-13

Models without display

Models with display

Model Description Page

DB-TA-3E3..9 One stage room thermostat for fan coil 57

ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIAL CONTROLLERS

Model Description Page

MANOMETERS / AIR PRESSURE

DB-VZ + SM... On-Off zone valves with actuator 157

Model Description Page

DBTA-3 controllers is the result of Industrietechnik twenty years’

Versions without display

Range +5...+30ºC OUTPUTS SWITCHES

933 2/4 •/•• • •/zn

10A 2/4 ••••• • m/a auto A 33

387- 566 4 ••••• m/a zn A 230 Vac

INDEX FOR MODELS DBTA-3:

zn dead zone fan/off/heat switch

Versions with display

Range OUTPUTS SWITCHES

393- 433 2/4 • • • A 230 Vac 36

3A4- 700 HP ••• • par A 230 Vac 42

Versions with display

Range OUTPUTS SWITCHES

3D3- 00A •••••  A 230 Vac 62

INDEX FOR MODELS DBTA-3:

Vct continuos fan/thermostatic fan on/off/electric heater switch

TYPE ON/OFF HEAT/OFF/FAN

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

- J1 closed = internal sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor jumper

TYPE ON/OFF 3 SPEEED

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

- J1 closed = internal sensor

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W REMOTE S/W

(*) for DB-TA-323-435 switch off/fan based on temp./continuous fan.

TECHNICAL FEATURES JUMPER SETTING:

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz - J1 closed = internal sensor

Terminal connections for heating or cooling systems.

(*) remote sensor (optional, see page before)

TYPE ON/OFF LOCAL S/W HEAT/FAN/COOL CONT/AUTO

TECHNICAL FEATURES Logic of relay output.

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz DB-TA-334-244

Terminal connections for air conditioning applications with reverse

(*) optional remote sensor

Terminal connections for air conditioning applications with reverse

Factory setting: internal sensor and 230 Vac

(*) optional remote sensor

TECHNICAL FEATURES Logic of output in 4- pipe systems.

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

J1 closed = internal sensor

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor jumper

(*) remote sensor (optional)

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

TECHNICAL FEATURES Working logic

Power supply: 24/230 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

Terminal connections for 4- pipe air conditioning and heating

(*) only for models DBTA-343-139, DBTA-343-199

Application examples of the teminal connection:

TYPE ON/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

TECHNICAL FEATURES Working logic

Power supply: 24 Vac ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

The products are factory supplied with internal sensor jumper

(*) only for models DBTA-345-139, DBTA-345-199

Application examples of the teminal connections:

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

TYPE VT/VC/OFF 3- SPEED LOCAL S/W

auto season change over selection (S/W) by water sensor

TECHNICAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL WIRING

(*) water sensor for automatic season change according

3D3- 00A ••••• A 230 Vac 62

( ) only for DB-TA-33A-13A ( ) only for DB-TA-33A-13A